You are on page 1of 535

(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...

Page 1 of 535

Agilis ® Basic Maintenance and


Agilis ® Advanced Maintenance
User's Guide
Copyright ©Diebold, Incorporated
TP-821312-001H PD 6503
May 2012

CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material


Only Diebold and entities granted an express written license by Diebold may possess or use this material.
Unauthorized possession or use is illegal and is punishable by fine and/or imprisonment.

Important - click here for terms and conditions governing the use of this document.

Document History
Document
Number Date Remarks
TP-821312-001A 3/2008 Original edition.
TP-821312-001B 11/2008 EmPower Version 1.1 and Version 1.2.
TP-821312-001C 4/2010 Updated for Agilis Maintenance Version 2.0 with document title change and all new
screens.
TP-821312-001D 2/2011 New screen for Cancel, Clear and Backspace FDKeys.
TP-821312-001E 3/2011 Corrections of version D of manual and update for Agilis Maintenance Version 2.1.
TP-821312-001F 3/2011 Updated screens for Agilis Maintenance Version 2.1.
TP-821312-001G 9/2011 Updated for Agilis Maintenance Version 2.2.
TP-821312-001H 5/2012 Updated for Agilis Maintenance Version 2.3.

Chapter 1
Introduction

Chapter 1, Section 1
Introduction
This document provides the procedures for using the Agilis ® Basic Maintenance and the Agilis ® Advanced
Maintenance terminal software application, referring to both as Agilis ® Maintenance. The information in this
document is presented in the following chapters:

Chapter 1, Introduction
Chapter 2, GUI Maintenance
Chapter 3, GUI Maintenance Operations
Chapter 4, TTU Maintenance
Chapter 5, TTU Maintenance Operations

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 2 of 535

1.1 Who Should Read This Document

This document is intended as a guide for Diebold customers who use the Agilis Basic Maintenance or the Agilis
Advanced Maintenance terminal software. It is assumed that the reader is already familiar with the Windows XP
operating system and the Agilis 91X ®, version 3.0 software system and/or Agilis NDx 3.0 Service Pack 3.

For installation and configuration information, refer to the Agilis EmPower Maintenance Installation Guide (TP-
821400-001C or later) and Agilis EmPower Maintenance Configuration Guide (TP-821326-001E or later). For all
other terminals, refer to your applicable terminal operating guide(s).

1.2 About The Information In This Manual

This manual presents certain types of information consistently:

Maintenance navigation buttons, Menu selections, Functions, and Operation names are in bold:
Up button, Next button, "Click the Print button."
"Select Tools from the Maintenance Menu."
"Select the View All operation from the Counters menu."
Proper file names, paths to files, folders, and Maintenance screen item paths are italicized, as follows:
DieboldSampleForm.txt file
C:\Diebold and Start > Settings
Home > Shutdown >Restart
The words Operation and Command are interchangeable.

1.3 Terminology

Refer to the Glossary in the back of this document for terminology related to this manual.

Chapter 1, Section 2
Requirements
Agilis ® Maintenance is a software product that uses a set of reusable components to provide a stand-alone
maintenance application based on Agilis EmPower ® architecture. It can best be viewed as a “maintenance
framework," in the sense that the reusable components and architecture work together.

2.1 Product Description

Agilis Maintenance is configurable and extendible. Components that deal with new devices and execute new
maintenance operations can be created and inserted into the application.

The Agilis Advanced Maintenance application extends the Agilis Basic Maintenance software that is included. For
simplicity, the rest of this document refers to the software only as Agilis Maintenance. Differences between the
Basic and the Advanced versions will be described when necessary.

Agilis Maintenance (Basic and Advanced) contains the following functionality:

User Management and Authentication


Supplying and collecting of valuable items (cash) and non-valuable items (paper, envelope, and others)

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 3 of 535

Maintenance
Continuous Availability (CAS)
Basic device tests
Hardware status display

2.2 System Requirements

The hardware requirements for a Diebold terminal running the Agilis Basic Maintenance software component are
based on the minimum requirements of Windows XP Professional and Agilis 91X or Agilis NDx, depending on the
platform. However, if the terminal is running the Agilis Advanced Maintenance components, or if you are creating
other components, then additional processor speed, memory, and hard disk space may be required.

For specific installation and configuration information, refer to Agilis EmPower ® Maintenance Installation Guide
(TP-821400-001C or later) and Agilis EmPower ® Maintenance Configuration Guide (TP-821326-001E or later).
For all other terminals, refer to your applicable terminal operating guide(s). For hardware and software upgrade
information, contact your Diebold service representative.

2.3 Files and Folders

Refer to Table 1-1 for locations of Agilis Maintenance files and folders.

Table 1-1 Maintenance Files Folders Locations


Type Path/Description
Agilis Maintenance \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Bin
component's assembly files
Agilis Maintenance \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Config
configuration files
Agilis Maintenance Property \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Properties
files
XSC files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis
EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Lang\<LanguageCode>
XSL and style sheet files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\GUI
Image files for screens \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis
EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\GUI\help\Graphics
Help image files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis
EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\GUI\help\Graphics
Instructions xml files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis
EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Lang\<LanguageCode>\Instructions
Instructions, media, and \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Media
image files
Printer XSC files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis
EmPower\Maintenance\Print\Lang\<LanguageCode>
Printer XSL files \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Print\Layout
Output html file \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\GUI
XSL and style sheet files for \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\TTU
TTU
Output xml file \Program Files\Diebold\Agilis EmPower\Maintenance\Screens\Themes\TTU

Chapter 2

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 4 of 535

GUI Maintenance

Chapter 2, Section 1
Navigating GUI Maintenance
This section describes the following GUI (Graphical User Interface) navigation concepts for the Agilis
Maintenance interface:

Section 1.1, Home


Section 1.3, Navigating the GUI Maintenance Interface

1.1 Home

The Home screen is the first screen of the GUI (Graphical User Interface) Maintenance interface that appears
when the software has completed the initialization and is ready to use. The Home screen has the following
functions:

Displays each time the application starts and every time the operator logs out.
Lists the devices that have problems and shows the status of the terminal (see Figure 2-1).
Controls communication with the front-end application.

Figure 2-1 Maintenance Home Screen

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 5 of 535

System Indicators
The Home screen provides the following system indicators:

Table 2-1 System Indicators


Indicator Description
Application Status Offline / Online / In Service
Mode Continuous Availability / Maintenance
Lock Locked / None
Application Usage In Use / Not In Use
Operator Operator's group that is logged on

The Locked label displays when the terminal has been locked and Maintenance cannot login. The corresponding
button stays disabled when the terminal has been locked.

Accessing the Home Screen


To activate the Maintenance interface in the consumer screen set the operator switch to Maintenance or
Supervisor. After the customer application goes to the out-of-service state the Maintenance window will be moved
to the top of the customer window and the FDKeys and PIN pad keys will be enabled for use with Maintenance.

1.2 Maintenance Scoreboard with Opteva Assistant Instructions

Opteva Assistant is a Diebold product for Diebold Opteva ATMs. It contains more detailed instructions and faults
than Agilis Maintenance. When an operator needs to solve a device issue; Agilis Maintenance will call the
instructions from OA (Opteva Assistant) and will show them.

1.2.1 System Requirements

For a Diebold terminal to run OA instructions, the following is necessary:

Opteva Assistant (OA) is installed;


Advanced Maintenance is installed
The terminal must be a Diebold Opteva Rear Load model.
CAS must be enabled.

1.2.2 Work Flow (Example)

When an error is detected, it is shown in the dashboard. The errors are divided in two types:

Replenish faults
Error faults.

If an error is a Replenish Faults Error, the error does not call OA instructions, but if the error is an Error Fault, the
OA instructions are called.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 6 of 535

After choosing the Error Fault, the first screen is the name and the picture of the device that will be analyzed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 7 of 535

The next page shows the instructions in steps to correct the problems. We can have two types of screens:

simple instructions and


animation instructions

Simple Instruction
Consists of one picture and text instructions.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 8 of 535

Animation Instruction
Consists of one animation and text instructions.

The animation consists for two or more pictures that make a presentation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintenanc...Page 9 of 535

The last screen is the Menu Screen, which depends on the device. The menu is built with the possible outputs or
treatment for the device.

We will always have the two or more options. Self-Test and Skip-Test is contained in all menus.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 10 of 535

After choosing the option, the operation is run and the flow can return to the menu or go to the home screen (start
screen).

1.2.3 Devices Supported

Some devices are supported in the OA integration. The devices supported are:

Card Reader Motorized


Journal Printer
Recycler
Cashin
Receipt Printer
Depository
CashDispenser
PIN
IDM
NDD

To verify how models are supported and how to configure each model, refer to the Agilis EmPower Maintenance
Configuration Guide (TP-821326-001F or later).

1.3 Navigating the GUI Maintenance Interface

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 11 of 535

This section describes the Agilis Maintenance software GUI interface.

Once the user logs in successfully, the Agilis Maintenance Home screen displays and the user name displays in
the top-right corner of the screen.

Depending on user permissions, some options available to the Administrator may not display for a restricted or
limited user.

Screen Layout
The main GUI Maintenance screen elements, described in Table 2-2, are shown in Figure 2-2. However, not
every screen has all these elements.

Figure 2-2 Screen Layout

Table 2-2 Screen Layout Components


Component Description
Menu level Name of the current operation screen or the sequence of the last menus accessed.
Guidance Short sentences to inform the operator what to do.
Buttons [1] : Main Menu: a shortcut to the Maintenance Menu.
Navigation/Functions: they may appear on the right side or on the left side of the screen; used to
navigate through lists, menus and texts.
Back/Cancel: a button in the bottom left-hand corner, which allows the user to cancel the current
operation or to return to the previous screen.
Confirmation/Selection: a button in the bottom right-hand corner, which allows the user to
confirm the current operation or to confirm the menu/list selection.
Message In some operations, information messages may be displayed in this area.
area
FDKs/F To access a button function, the operator can click on it using the mouse or press its equivalent
Keys FDKs/F Keys. The left buttons can be selected using F1 to F4 keys, and the right buttons, using
F9 to F12 keys, in this order, from the top to the bottom.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 12 of 535

[1] Each operation describes additional information on what each button represents.

Status Bar
The Maintenance status bar is located at the top of all Maintenance screens, as shown in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3 Maintenance Status Bar

Table 2-3 describes the fields in Figure 2-3 for the status bar that provides information to an Operator.

Table 2-3 Status Bar Fields


Field Value
State of the communication line between applications and On Line / Off Line
a host
State of the Maintenance application Maintenance / Continuous Availability / Monitoring
State of the client application use In use / Not In Use
The operator name The operator name has been logged in Maintenance
Terminal availability (this field is visible only if the terminal Locked / Unlocked
is locked)
The system status bar color
ATM IS OK [1]
ATM IS IN SERVICE, BUT NEEDS
ATTENTION [2]
ATM IS OUT OF SERVICE [3]

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 13 of 535

[1] Green - In service without any fault conditions


[2] Yellow - In service, but with fault conditions displayed in the Scoreboard; notice that the fault condition levels
will be displayed on the home scoreboard via the colored status bar for each fault condition
[3] Red - Out of service

Status Bar Examples (Combinations)


The following four examples display some combinations that can appear on the Maintenance screen.

EXAMPLE 1

The Maintenance screen in Example 1 shows the following conditions:

Communication line is On Line


Maintenance is logged in under Continuous Availability mode
Client application is in use
Operator name logged into Maintenance
Terminal is In Service
ATM has no faults (green status bar)

EXAMPLE 2

The Cash Position screen in Example 2 shows the following conditions:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 14 of 535

Maintenance is in Continuous Availability mode


Communication line is On Line
Client application is NOT in use
Operator name logged into Maintenance
Terminal is In Service
ATM has faults (yellow status bar)

EXAMPLE 3

The Maintenance screen in Example 3 shows the following conditions:

Maintenance in Maintenance mode


Communication line is Off Line
Client application is NOT in use
Operator name logged into Maintenance
Terminal is Out of Service
ATM has faults (red status bar)

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 15 of 535

EXAMPLE 4

The Maintenance Home screen indicating the terminal is not available (locked).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 16 of 535

Menu Structure
The menu structure shown in Figure 2-4 displays the menus and operations for the Agilis Maintenance terminal
software application described in this manual.

Figure 2-4 Agilis Maintenance Menu Structure

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 17 of 535

Chapter 2, Section 2
GUI Maintenance Home Operations
This section describes the following screen operations, which are available on the GUI Maintenance Home
screen:

Section 2.1, Logon


Section 2.2, Options
Section 2.3, Language
Section 2.4, Consumer Screen

2.1 Logon

An Agilis Maintenance terminal requires that you log on to Maintenance through the Logon screen (Figure 2-6).
This requires a validated log on ID and password (in Continuous Availability mode, a password may not be
necessary). Contact your administrative personnel for this information. Keep this information secure. Memorize
your ID and password without retaining a paper trail.

CAUTION

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 18 of 535

Diebold initially sets up the default Maintenance Login password to all zeros (000000). It is recommended
that the Institution change the Group 0 (administrator) password as soon as possible, to prevent
unauthorized access to the software system. Allowing a terminal to continue operating using this initial
simple password of all zeros, will present significant security risks for which Diebold is not responsible.

Choosing a Maintenance Mode


After selecting Logon from the Home Screen, a data entry screen displays allowing you to log on to a specific
mode, as shown in Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 Maintenance Modes Menu

The following two modes are available:

Maintenance Mode. It is necessary to enter a password to access all Maintenance features


Continuous Availability. Access some maintenance features while the consumer application runs. It may
not be necessary to enter a password. This mode is available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.
NOTE
Agilis NDx does not support Continuous Availability. This functionality must remain turned off
while running with Agilis NDx.

Agilis Maintenance (Basic/Advanced Maintenance). Perform the following steps to log on to Maintenance or
Continuous Availability mode (Advanced Maintenance only).

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 19 of 535

The Login process described below works for both the Basic and Continuous Availability versions of
Maintenance. Both versions will require that you enter your password. However, Continuous Availability
will have additional operation screens that are not available in Basic Maintenance.

1. Select the Maintenance Mode or Continuous Availability option from the first screen. The following six-
digit password screen displays.

Figure 2-6 Maintenance Mode Logon Password Entry

2. Use the numeric keys on the keyboard to enter your six-digit password and select Next. For security
purposes, the characters and numbers in your password are masked.

3. Select the Next button to validate your password or select the Cancel button to return to the Home screen.

NOTE

You can use the Backspace key to correct a mistake before selecting Next or Cancel.

4. Press Next during the Login process. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 20 of 535

NOTE

If a consumer is currently logged in Application, Maintenance won't be able to logon, and a waiting
message (which can be cancelled leading Maintenance back to home) will be displayed till
Application is no longer “In Use".

After validating your login, the Maintenance operations screen displays. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 1.

An error screen displays if you enter an invalid password, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 21 of 535

If the terminal cannot validate your password, the password entry screen will reappear so you can re-enter
your password. After three failed attempts to enter your password, a warning screen displays. Agilis
Maintenance returns to the logon screen and you can try to log on again.

Continuous Availability (Advanced Maintenance ONLY). This option is available only in Agilis Advanced
Maintenance.

NOTE

CAS mode does not work with NDX application.

Select the Continuous Availability option shown in Figure 2-5 to access the Agilis Advanced Maintenance in
Continuous Availability Mode.

2.2 Options

The Options button provides the following selections:

Section 2.2.1, Shutdown


Section 2.2.2, Maintenance Help

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 22 of 535

2.2.1 Shutdown

This section describes how to shut down the Agilis Maintenance software.

There are three available operations for exiting the Maintenance software within the Agilis Maintenance
application (shown below):

Section 2.2.1.1, System Shutdown


Section 2.2.1.2, System Restart
Section 2.2.1.3, Log off

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 23 of 535

2.2.1.1 System Shutdown

The System Shutdown operation allows you to shut down the system, which shuts down the Agilis software
system and then shuts down the terminal.

Perform the following steps the use the System Shutdown operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen

2. Select the Shutdown menu option and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 24 of 535

3. Select the System Shutdown option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 25 of 535

4. To return to the Home screen, select Cancel.

Select Ok to confirm the System Shutdown operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 26 of 535

5. Type the correct password and select Next. The following screen displays and the system shuts down.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 27 of 535

2.2.1.2 System Restart

The System Restart operation allows you to shut down the Agilis Maintenance software, then restart the terminal.

Perform the following steps to use the System Restart operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen.

2. Select the Shutdown menu option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 28 of 535

3. Select System Restart from the Shutdown menu. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 29 of 535

4. Select Cancel to return to the Home screen.

Select Ok to confirm the System Restart operation, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 30 of 535

5. Enter your password and select Next. The following screen displays and the system restarts.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 31 of 535

2.2.1.3 Log off

The Log off operation self-tests all attached/configured devices and then logs the user off the Maintenance
system.

Perform the following steps to run the Log off operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen.

2. Select the Shutdown menu option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 32 of 535

3. Select the Log off operation from the Shutdown menu. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 33 of 535

4. Select Cancel to return to the Home screen or select Ok to confirm the Log off operation. The following
screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 34 of 535

5. Enter the correct password and select Next. The following screen displays and the system logs off.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 35 of 535

2.2.2 Maintenance Help

The Maintenance Help menu provides the following help topics:

Section 2.2.2.1, Maintenance Help


Section 2.2.2.2, Product Information
Section 2.2.2.3, Product Licenses

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 36 of 535

2.2.2.1 Maintenance Help

The Maintenance Help menu option allows you to display a help topic.

Perform the following steps to use the Maintenance Help operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Maintenance Help or from the Home screen, select Options, then
select Maintenance Help and next select Maintenance Help. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 37 of 535

2. The following Agilis Maintenance Help screen provides the following navigation options:

You can use the Page buttons to navigate through the User's Guide or use the scroll bar.
The links in the document will help you to navigate through the User's Guide.
The Exit button navigates to the Home screen.

The Exit button closes the Help screen and returns you to the Help menu.

2.2.2.2 Product Information

Use the Product Information operation from the Help menu to view revision information for all installed products
of the Agilis Maintenance Software that are running on your system. This operation is available on the Home
screen and Maintenance Menu.

Perform the following steps to use the Product Information operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Maintenance Help or from the Home screen, select Options, then
select Maintenance Help and finally Product Information. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 38 of 535

2. Use the Up or Down buttons to navigate from page to page, if more information is available.

3. Select Ok. Maintenance returns to the Help menu.

2.2.2.3 Product Licenses

Use the Product Licenses operation to view the EULA (End User License Agreement).

Perform the following steps to use the Product Licenses operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Maintenance Help or from the Home screen, select Options and
then Maintenance Help

2. Select Product Licenses. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 39 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down buttons to select the topic content to view.


Click the Select button to view the selected topic content.
Click the Cancel button to return to the Maintenance Menu or Home screen.

End User License Agreement


Provides information for ownership and the EULA (End User License Agreement) for the system software, as
shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 40 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down buttons icons to scroll through the information on the screen.
Select the OK button to return to the Help menu.

2.3 Language

The Language operation allows you to select a language for the Agilis Maintenance terminal. The default
language is English. However, additional premium languages are available.

1. From the Home screen, select the Language button. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 41 of 535

2. To select a language, use the Up or Down buttons. Then, click the Select button to set the language for
the Maintenance terminal. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 42 of 535

3. Select Cancel to keep the current language and return to the Home screen. Select Next to change to the
new language.

For information on other premium languages, contact your Diebold service representative.

2.4 Consumer Screen

The Consumer screen consists of tasks specific to a consumer depositing, withdrawing, or inquiring about their
account, currency, or other bank-related operations.

The Consumer screen option brings the Consumer screen to the front of the Agilis Maintenance screen.

To access the Consumer screen operation, select the Consumer screen button from the Home screen. This
operation is available on a front-load terminal only.

Chapter 3
GUI Maintenance Operations

Chapter 3, Section 1
GUI Maintenance Menu
After a user logs in successfully, the Maintenance Menu appears, along with the user login name, as shown in
Figure 3-1.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 43 of 535

Figure 3-1 Maintenance Menu Operations

Points to Remember

Depending on the user permissions, some options may not appear on the menu.
Use the Down button when there are more options in a menu, as shown below. More options will appear
after the last item displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 44 of 535

Printing: Available Printers


If you need to print data, a screen like the next one will be displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 45 of 535

The printers listed are the ones which were installed and pre-configured for the terminal.

If the Journal is one of the options, it can be either the Journal Printer or the Electronic Journal. Agilis
Maintenance will not show both options and the data will be sent to the Journal component (Printer or Electronic
Journal) which was configured.

If an error occurs with the printer device, a printer error screen will be showed.

Chapter 3, Section 2
Replenish Devices
Use the Replenish Devices operation(s) screen to perform the following functions:

Replenishing printer paper and ribbon supplies


Replenishing cash supplies

This section includes the following Replenish Devices menu operations:

Section 2.1, Card Reader


Section 2.2, Cash Dispenser
Section 2.3, Check Reader
Section 2.4, Coin Dispenser

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 46 of 535

Section 2.5, Currency Acceptor


Section 2.6, Depositor
Section 2.7, Electronic Journal
Section 2.8, Journal Printer
Section 2.9, Passbook Printer
Section 2.10, Receipt Printer
Section 2.11, Statement Printer
Section 2.12, After Hour Depository

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the operation Cash Dispenser (2) will also be available.
Through this operation, the same actions for Cash Dispenser (described in Section 2.2) can be taken for
Secondary Cash Dispenser.

Supply Operations for Cash Processing (Opteva® Terminals ONLY)


For more information on the available Supply menu selections for each cash processing configuration on Diebold
Opteva ® terminals only, refer to Appendix A, Table A-1.

Support for BCRM Multiple Acceptance Box (MAB)


The MAB is an optional replacement cassette for the Universal Accept cassette. It has three separate
compartments or stackers, which allows keeping notes in separate locations based on the Note Type and cash-in
operation. These three compartments or stackers are emulated as the cassette zero in all supply operations.

Continuous Availability
The Continuous Availability mode behavior of device replenishments can be categorized into two parts:

1. A Consumer starts a transaction at the terminal before an Operator begins device replenishments.

2. An Operator begins device replenishments before a Consumer starts a transaction at the terminal.

The following screens can be shown during Replenish Devices menu operations:

Consumer Transactions. When a Consumer begins a transaction at the terminal and before an Operator has
gone into CAS mode to perform replenishments on a device, the Operator will not be able to perform
replenishments on any device, with the exception of the Journal printer and Card Reader. Any other device will
display a Wait Screen indicating to try again later, since that the particular device is in use by the Consumer.

The following screen displays an example of a Wait screen, shown when the Operator needs to wait for the
availability of the Cash Dispenser.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 47 of 535

The Operator can wait until the Consumer finishes its transaction or press the Cancel button to return to the
operation screen.

Operator Replenishments. When an Operator begins performing replenishments on a device, and before a
Consumer has started a transaction at the terminal, then the Operator is notified by a “Hurry Up" message box
saying that a Consumer is waiting to perform a transaction, as shown in the screen below. The Operator can
close the “Hurry Up" screen by pressing Enter.

2.1 Card Reader

The Card Reader option on the Replenish Devices menu provides the following two options:

Section 2.1.1, Retrieve Cards

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 48 of 535

Section 2.1.2, Clean Card Reader

NOTE

Those options are not enabled in CAS mode.

Navigation Options

The Up and Down buttons on the right-side of the screen allow you to select from the list of options.
The Menu button on the left-side of the screen returns you to the Maintenance Menu.
The Next button on the right-side of the screen takes you to the next screen after your selection.
The Back button on the left-side of the screen returns you to the previous screen.

2.1.1 Retrieve Cards

The Retrieve Cards option displays instructions for servicing the Card Reader. When the instructions appear, you
can service the device.

Follow these steps to use the Retrieve Cards operation.

1. Select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Card Reader menu item and press Next.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 49 of 535

3. Select the Retrieve Cards option and press Next, as shown below.

Navigation options:

Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction.


Use the Ok button to view the selected instruction topic.
Select the Warning button on the left-side of the screen to preview the warning screen for servicing
the device for that option, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 50 of 535

Warning screen navigational options:

For additional instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left-side of the screen to scroll
screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to additional instruction pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list. Instruction videos are available
only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance
Select the Back button to return to the instruction(s) topics list screen.
4. Select the Next button in the screen that shows the instructions topic list, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 51 of 535

5. Remove any retained cards and service the device, then select Next. Selecting Cancel cancels the
procedure, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 52 of 535

6. The counts are printed first and then cleared. If they cannot be printed, they are not cleared. By default, the
counts are printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 53 of 535

2.1.2 Clean Card Reader

The Clean Card Reader operation allows you to service the Card Reader by inserting a special cleaning card at
the front of the terminal. This enables the Card Reader, even though the terminal is Out of Service, and the Card
Reader indicators begin flashing.

Follow these steps to use the Clean Card Reader operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select Card Reader and press Next. Switching monitor is only required if an operation should be done in
front of ATM when Maintenance is being used at the rear monitor. If the switching monitor is performed, the
screen shown below displays on the front monitor.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 54 of 535

3. Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. You are returned to the Maintenance
Menu and the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor. If you have entered a wrong password, an
error screen displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 55 of 535

4. Select Next button and try entering the password again.

5. Press the Next button to enter in the Clear Card Reader operation. The following screen displays
instructions on how to clean the device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 56 of 535

6. Be sure to have your cleaning card ready. Clean the card reader head, as indicated on the screen.

7. When you finish, select OK. If you do not wish to clean the Card reader head, select Cancel. The screen
returns to the previous menu.

8. After the Card reader head has been cleaned, select OK. You are returned to the previous menu. The Card
reader indicators stop flashing.

2.2 Cash Dispenser

The Cash Dispenser operation(s) allows you to service the Dispenser using one of the following options:

Section 2.2.1, Add Bills


Section 2.2.2, Empty Divert Cassette
Section 2.2.3, Exchange Cassettes
Section 2.2.4, Empty Retract Cassette
Section 2.2.5, Empty Cassette Zero

NOTE

If a recycler compound, configured to dispense bills, was enabled at the ATM, the following options will
NOT be available:

Empty divert cassette


Empty retract cassette

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 57 of 535

The cash replenishment using the Add Bills or Exchange Cassettes operations, can be performed with one of
the following configurations.

Set by the number of notes


Set by the cash amount

To set this configuration, access ACU at Agilis EmPower Maintenance Configuration, using the Cash
Replenishment Configuration option.

Perform the following steps to run the Cash Dispenser operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device option and press Next, as shown below.

2.2.1 Add Bills

The Add Bills operation describes how to add bills to the dispenser cassettes.

Perform the following steps to run the Add Bills operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device and press Next.

3. Select the Add Bills option and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 58 of 535

4. The following are two possibilities of replenishment:

By the number of notes


By the cash amount, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 59 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the cassettes'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

For additional help with the supply, select the Help button, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 60 of 535

The screen above shows the instruction(s) topics. If the recycler device is present, the following instruction
topic contents screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 61 of 535

Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic. To view the instruction topic, use the
Ok button. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 62 of 535

If the recycler device is present, the following instruction topic appears for replenishing cassettes. Refer to
the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 63 of 535

Navigation Options:

To scroll up or down the screen for further instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the
left side of the screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to other instructions pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list. Instruction videos are available
only in Advanced Maintenance.
Selecting the Warning button displays a warning for the device instructions and what to watch for.
Selecting the Back button returns to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns to the cassette selection screen.
5. Use the navigation buttons on the right side of the display to highlight the cassette where you want to add
bills, then use the Next button, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 64 of 535

6. You can also use the by cash amount (now with a mask, ".00") as on the example, for the dollar currency).
Refer to the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 65 of 535

7. Select Cancel to exit the operation without adding any bills, or enter the number of bills you want to add to
the cassette and select Next.

If the replenishment was configured to a cash amount and the inserted cash was not a cassette multiple,
an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed.

EXAMPLE

For example, a cassette configured with a denomination of $10 and an attempt to insert a $5.00 amount,
generates an error, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 66 of 535

8. If the entered value was updated, an Add Bills Remaining/Added screen displays, showing the number of
bills you entered, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 67 of 535

In the case of the cash amount configuration, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 68 of 535

9. Select the Done button to return to the operation menu.

Select Ok to update the cassette, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 69 of 535

If the deposited count is zero, the added value will replace the current amount.

After the bill counts have been updated, they will automatically print to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 70 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.2.2 Empty Divert Cassette

The Empty Divert Cassette operation describes how to remove the contents of the divert cassette and how to
empty the divert cassette.

Perform the following steps to run the Empty Divert Cassette operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device and press Next.

3. Select the Empty Divert Cassette option and press Next, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 71 of 535

Select the Help button for additional supply help, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 72 of 535

4. The following screen describes the instruction topics. Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired
instruction topic to view. Then, select the Select button.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 73 of 535

Navigation Options:

To scroll up or down the screen for further instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the
left side of the screen
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the others instructions pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list. Instruction videos are available
only in Advanced Maintenance.
Selecting the Warning provides a Warning screen.
Selecting the Back button returns to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Cancel button on this menu returns you to the previous menu.
5. From the starting screen, select the Next button to clear the divert counts, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 74 of 535

After the counts have been cleared, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 75 of 535

After completion, both selections will return you to the previous menu.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print
the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes'
positions are not printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

2.2.3 Exchange Cassettes

The Exchange Cassettes operation describes how to exchange cassettes in the Dispenser.

NOTE

The Exchange Cassettes operation will not clear the number of bills that were presented to the customer
and then retracted. It will only clear the number of bills successfully delivered to the customer. In order to
clear the number of bills that were presented to the customer and then retracted, the operations Empty
Divert Cassette and Empty Retract Cassette should be executed, or the operation Clear Counters should
be performed.

Perform the following steps to run the Exchange Cassettes operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device and press Next.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 76 of 535

3. Select the Exchange Cassettes option and press Next. The following screen displays.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the cassettes'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

For additional help, select the Help button, which shows all instruction(s) topics for the device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 77 of 535

If the recycler device is present, the following instruction topic contents screen displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 78 of 535

4. Use the Up or Down (navigation) buttons to select the desired instruction topic. Use the Ok button to view
the instruction topic, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 79 of 535

If the recycler device is present, the following instruction topic appears for replenishing cassettes, as shown
in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 80 of 535

Navigation Options:

For further instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the right side of the screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the other instruction pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list. Instruction videos are available
only in Advanced Maintenance.
Selecting the Warning button displays a warning screen to the user.
Selecting the Back button returns you to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns you to the cassette selection screen.
5. Use the navigation buttons on the right side of the display to highlight the cassette you want to exchange,
then select Next, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 81 of 535

If configuring by cash amount (now with a mask, ".00"), the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 82 of 535

You can select the Ok button to confirm the value or Cancel button to cancel the operation.

If the replenishment was configured to a cash amount and the inserted cash was not a cassette multiple,
an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed, as shown in the example screen
below.

EXAMPLE

A cassette configured with a denomination of $10 and an attempt to insert a $5.00 amount, generates an
error.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 83 of 535

You can select the Ok button to confirm the value or the Cancel button to cancel the operation.

If the replenishment was configured to a cash amount and the inserted cash was placed into multiple
cassettes, an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed. Refer to the following
example.

EXAMPLE

A cassette configured with a denomination of $10 and an attempt to insert a $5.00 amount, generates an
error, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 84 of 535

If the entered value was updated, an Exchange Cassettes Remaining/Added screen displays, showing the
number of bills you entered, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 85 of 535

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 86 of 535

Navigation Options:

Select Next to select another cassette to exchange.


Select Refresh to restart the exchange values.
Select Done, if you are finished.
Select Cancel to cancel the operation and return to the Maintenance Menu.
6. Selecting Done when finished, opens the following screen.

If the recycler device is present, and after selecting Done, the deposited counts for the selected cassettes
being exchanged will be cleared.

7. Selecting Ok prints the data to the Journal Printer, as shown below. You are returned to the previous menu
screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 87 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.2.4 Empty Retract Cassette

The Empty Retract Cassette operation(s) describes how to remove the contents of the divert cassette and how
to replace the empty cassette.

Perform the following steps to run the Empty Retract Cassette operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device and then press Next.

3. Select the Empty Retract Cassette option and then press Next, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 88 of 535

If you need additional help, be sure to select the Help button, and the following instruction topics screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 89 of 535

Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic and then click the Select button. The
following screen displays an instruction topic.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 90 of 535

Navigation Options:

Use the Up and Down keys for additional instructions.


Select Next or Back keys to jump to other instructions.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instruction(s) topic list. Instruction videos are available
only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance
Selecting the Warning button displays a warning screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns to the instruction topics list screen.
4. From the starting screen, you can select the Cancel button to return you to the previous menu. Or, you can
select the Next button, which clears the retract counts, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 91 of 535

5. After the counts have been cleared, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 92 of 535

6. When printing has finished, both selections will return you to the previous menu.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.2.5 Empty Cassette Zero

The Empty Cassette Zero operation describes how to remove the contents of the Cassette Zero and how to
empty cassette 0 (zero).

Perform the following steps to run the Empty Cassette Zero operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Cash Dispenser device and press Next.

3. Select the Empty Cassette Zero option and press Next, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 93 of 535

Select Help to view any instruction topics for the cash recycler device, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 94 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Exit Menu button to return to the Empty Cassette Zero screen.
Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic to see and select the Ok
button.
Use the Select button to view the instruction topic. The following screen displays the instruction
topics for the Cash Recycler device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 95 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrows button on the right side of the screen for more instructions.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the others instruction pages.
Use the Help menu button to return to the instruction(s) topic list.

Instruction videos are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

4. On the Empty Cassette Zero screen, use the following buttons:

Select the Cancel button on this menu returns you to the previous menu.
Selecting the Ok button clears the divert counts, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 96 of 535

5. After the counts have been cleared, they are automatically printed to the journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 97 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print
the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes'
positions are not printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

6. After completion, both selections return to the Cash Dispenser menu. However, if any error occurs while
clearing cassette zero, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 98 of 535

2.3 Check Reader

The Check Reader operation allows you to service the Check Reader by one of the following options:

Section 2.3.1, Remove Checks


Section 2.3.2, Replace Ink

NOTE

If your Check Reader device does not allow the replenishment ink cartridge (Replace Ink) operation, the
Replace Ink option will be unavailable.

2.3.1 Remove Checks

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Checks operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and then Check Reader. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Maintena... Page 99 of 535

2. Select Remove Checks and press Next. The following screen displays so you can clear the counts.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 100 of 535

3. Select the Next button to clear the Check Reader counts, and the following screen displays. If the device is
in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be
displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 101 of 535

4. Select the Cancel button to cancel the operation and return you to the previous menu.

After clearing the counts, they will be printed to the journal printer, as shown below. The Replenish
Devices menu displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 102 of 535

5. Select the Help button on the Remove Checks operation screen to display the Resupply help topics for
the Check Reader device, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 103 of 535

The following screen displays the help topics for the IDM-BD device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 104 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left-side of the screen to highlight a topic.
Use the Ok button to select that topic.
Select the Warning button to display a user warning screen about the device selected for operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 105 of 535

NOTE

Video instructions are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 106 of 535

The following screen displays the help contents for the IDM-BD device

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 107 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the right side of the screen, to scroll up or down the screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the other instruction pages.
Use the Back button to return to the instructions topics list.
Selecting the Help menu button returns you to the instructions topic list screen.

2.3.2 Replace Ink

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ink operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and then Check Reader. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 108 of 535

2. Select Replace Ink and press Next. The following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 109 of 535

Select the Cancel button at any time, to cancel the operation and return to previous Menu.

3. Selecting the Next button clears the ink cartridge settings. Then, the complete resetting screen displays, as
shown in the following screen. If the device is in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not
properly replenished, an error message will be displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 110 of 535

4. Otherwise, the following screen displays when the processing has finished.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 111 of 535

5. Press the Ok button to finish the Replace Ink operation.

6. Select the Help button on the Replace Ink screen to display the help topics to resupply the check reader
device. Refer to the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 112 of 535

The following screen shows the help topics for the IDM-BD device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 113 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left side of the screen to highlight a topic.
Use the Ok button to select that topic.
Select the Warning button to display the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 114 of 535

The following screen shows an example of an instruction topic (help contents to replace ink for the IDM
device). Video instructions are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 115 of 535

7. The following screen describes the help contents for replacing ink in the IDM-BD device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 116 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the right side of the screen, to scroll up or down the screen.
Use the Back button to return to the instruction topics list.
Select the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topic list screen.

2.4 Coin Dispenser

The Coin Dispenser operation allows you to service the coin dispenser by one of the following options:

Section 2.4.1, Add Coins


Section 2.4.2, Exchange Hoppers
Section 2.4.3, Dump Coins

Cash replenishment using the Add Coins or Exchange Hoppers options, can be accomplished using the
following configurations:

Set by the number of coins


Set by the cash amount

This configuration can be set using the Agilis Configuration Utility (ACU) and by following this path:

Agilis EmPower > Maintenance > Maintenance Configuration > Cash Replenishment Configuration

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 117 of 535

Perform the following steps to use the Coin Dispenser operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and press Next.

2. Select the Coin Dispenser device and press Next. The following screen displays.

2.4.1 Add Coins

The Add Coins operation describes how to add coins to the Coin Dispenser hoppers.

Perform the following steps to use the Add Coins operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser screen, select the Add Coins option. The two possibilities of replenishment, by
number of coins and cash amount, as shown in the following two screens.

This screen shows replenishment by number of coins.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 118 of 535

This screen shows replenishment by cash amount.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 119 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

2. Highlight the hopper you want to add coins to, using the navigation buttons on the left and then click the
Next button. The screen below displays for adding a number of coins.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 120 of 535

For adding by cash amount (now with a mask, "0.00" as on the example with dollar currency), the following
screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 121 of 535

3. Select Cancel to exit the operation without adding any coins. Or, enter the number of coins you want to
add to the hopper and select Next.

NOTE

If the replenishment was configured to cash amount and the inserted cash didn't require multiple
hoppers, an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed.

For example, a hopper with an inserted denomination set to $0.50 and an amount of $0.75
generates an error message, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 122 of 535

Navigation options:

Help displays the supply instructions for the Coin Dispenser.


Next button allows you to add coins to the selected hopper.
Refresh button refreshes the number of coins in each hopper and their states.
Done finishes the add coins operation and you are returned to the Maintenance Menu.
Cancel cancels the Add Coins operation.
4. Select Done and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 123 of 535

5. Select the Ok button to finish the Add Coins operation. The counters are printed to the Journal printer
automatically, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 124 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print
the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

By pressing the Help button, you can access the supply instructions for the Coin Dispenser, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 125 of 535

6. Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic. Use the Ok button to view the
selection, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 126 of 535

Navigation options:

To scroll up or down the screen for further instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left side
of the screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to access additional instruction screens.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instruction topics list.
Selecting the Warning button displays a user warning screen.
Selecting the Back button returns you to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns you to the hopper selection screen.

2.4.2 Exchange Hoppers

The Exchange Hoppers operation allows you to exchange hoppers in the Coin Dispenser in the following ways:

By the number of coins


By the cash amount

Perform the following steps to use the Exchange Hoppers operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser screen, select the Exchange Hoppers option. The following screen displays the
Number of Coins replenishment screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 127 of 535

The following screen displays the Cash Amount replenishment screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 128 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

2. Highlight the hopper you want to exchange, using the navigation buttons on the left and then use the
Select button, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 129 of 535

EXAMPLE

The following screen displays the cash amount (now with a mask, "0.00", using a dollar currency).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 130 of 535

3. Select Cancel to exit the operation without adding any coins. Or, enter the number of coins of the
exchanged hopper and select Next.

NOTE

If configuring the replenishment with a cash amount and the inserted cash is not a multiple of the
cassette denomination value, (i.e. for a US $10 cassette, the value 15 would be invalid, whereas 20
would be valid (2x10), an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed.

EXAMPLE

A hopper with a denomination set to $0.50 and an amount of $0.75 is inserted, the screen generates an
error message, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 131 of 535

Navigation options:

Help displays the supply instructions for the Coin Dispenser.


Next button allows you to exchange the selected hopper.
Refresh button refreshes the number of coins in each hopper and their states.
Done finishes the exchange hopper operation and you are returned to the Maintenance Menu.
Cancel cancels the exchange hoppers operation.
4. Select Done and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 132 of 535

5. Select Ok to finish adding the coins. The counters will be printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 133 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print
the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

6. By pressing the Help button, you can access the supply instructions for the Coin Dispenser, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 134 of 535

7. Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic. Use the Ok button to view the
selection, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 135 of 535

Navigation options:

To scroll up or down the screen for further instructions, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the
left side of the screen.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the others instructions pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list.
Selecting the Warning button displays a warning screen to the user.
Selecting the Back button returns to the instructions topic list screen.
Selecting the Exit Help button returns to the hopper selection screen.

2.4.3 Dump Coins

The Dump Coins operation shows you how to dump coins from the Coin Dispenser.

Perform the following steps to use the Dump Coins operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser screen, select Dump Coins and press Next, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 136 of 535

NOTE

Differently from the other replenish operations for the coin dispenser, the Dump Coins always
displays and prints information related to the physical hoppers, even if the device is configured for
storing the counters at the logical units' layer.

2. Use the Up and Down buttons to select a hopper. Use the Help button to view instructions, as shown
below.

Press the OK button after making your selection to finish the operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 137 of 535

3. Press the Warning button to view any warnings you need to know about the current operation, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 138 of 535

4. Press Ok from the above screen, to return to the Help Menu.

5. When accessing the Help Menu, use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the right side of the screen to
select the instructions, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 139 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the right side of the screen to scroll up or down the
instructions topics.
Use the Next or Back arrow buttons to go to the others instructions pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list.
6. Select the Exit Help to return to the Dump Coins screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 140 of 535

7. Select the Cancel button to cancel the Dump Coins operation, or select the Ok button to continue with the
operation. The following screen displays, saying that the Dump Coins operation has been performed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 141 of 535

8. After dumping the coins, the screen below displays saying that the data is printing to the Journal printer.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 142 of 535

9. At the completion of printing, you are returned to the Coin Dispenser Menu.

2.5 Currency Acceptor

The Currency Acceptor has the ability to recycle cash into the cash cassettes. The Currency Acceptor
functionality is accessed using the Currency Acceptor network operations.

The Currency Acceptor operation on the Replenish Devices menu displays instructions for servicing the
Currency Acceptor.

Perform the following steps to use the Currency Acceptor operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Replenish Devices option and press Next.

2. Select Currency Acceptor from the menu list and press Next. If there are no cassettes to unload, the
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 143 of 535

3. Select the Ok button to display the Main Menu.

If the Currency Acceptor belongs to a recycler, such as a BCR configured as an acceptor and dispenser,
the following Attention screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 144 of 535

4. If the Currency Acceptor does NOT belong to a recycler, the cassettes selection screen displays, as shown
in the screen below. Select the Next button to display the following cassettes selection screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 145 of 535

NOTE

If the Currency Acceptor is part of the BCR device configured as an acceptor and dispenser, only
the accept-only cassettes will be available to unload. Therefore, these will be the only cassettes
showing on the Cassettes selection screen.

5. After selecting the Help button at the cassettes selection screen, the service screen displays, as shown
below. Use this screen to view information on to how to service the device.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 146 of 535

Navigation options:

From the Cassettes selection screen, select the Up, Down buttons to make a selection.
Select the OK button to perform your selection. If your device requires emptying a cassette, then the
Cassettes will now empty.
Select the Exit Help button to exit this screen.
Select the Warning button to view the user warning screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 147 of 535

EXAMPLE

The screen below shows an example of an instruction topic.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 148 of 535

NOTE

Video instructions are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Navigation options:

Select the Up, Down buttons to make a selection (if applicable).


Select the Next button to go to the next screen.
Select the Exit Help button to return to the previous menu.
Select the Back button to return to the Cassettes selection screen.
Select the Help Menu button for more help topics.
6. Select the Next button to display the screen below, if at least one cassette has been selected. Otherwise,
the Main Menu displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 149 of 535

7. Select Ok to complete the procedure and clear the counts, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 150 of 535

8. The counts are printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 151 of 535

2.6 Depositor

A Depositor is a device that allows the Consumer to place checks, cash, or other documents into an envelope to
deposit through a slot, counted as a transaction, via the ATM terminal.

The Depositor operation allows you to service the Depositor by one of the following options:

Section 2.6.1, Add Envelopes


Section 2.6.2, Remove Deposits

2.6.1 Add Envelopes

Perform the following steps to use the Add Envelopes operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices menu, select Depositor and then, press Next.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 152 of 535

2. From the Depositor menu, select the Add Envelopes option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 153 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Cancel button to cancel the operation and return to the Depositor menu.
Select the Done button when you have finished servicing the envelopes. If the device is in an error
state or at least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed.
Otherwise, the operation updates the Depositor status and then returns to the Depositor menu.
Select the Help button to access instructions on how to use the Depositor.
3. After selecting the Help button, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 154 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up and Down buttons to select the desired instruction topic.
Use the Ok button to view the selected topic.
Selecting the Warning button displays a screen with specific warning instructions for the user, as
shown in the screen below. This Warning screen becomes dim on screens with specific instructions
under a How Do I list.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 155 of 535

4. If the Exit Help button is selected, the Help screen closes and you are returned to the Add Envelopes
screen.

5. The first page of the topic Access Depositor displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 156 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down buttons on the right-side of the screen to scroll up or down the screen
instructions.
You can use the Next or Back buttons to go to additional instruction pages.
Use the Help Menu button to return to the instruction(s) topics list.
NOTE
Instruction videos are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

2.6.2 Remove Deposits

Use the Remove Deposits operation to remove deposits from the Depositor and to clear the counts.

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Deposits operation.

1. At the Depositor Menu screen, select the Remove Deposits option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 157 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Cancel button to cancel the operation and return to the Depositor menu.
Select the Next button to clear the depository counts. If the device is in an error state or at least one
of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise the
Depositor Menu is displayed indicating the operation has finished.
Select the Help button to access instructions on how to maintain the Depositor. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 158 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Exit Help button to close the Help screen and you are returned to the Remove Deposits
screen.
Use the Up or Down buttons to select a desired instruction topic.
Use the Ok button to view the selected topic.
Selecting the Warning button displays a screen with specific warning instructions for the user, as
shown in the screen below. This Warning screen becomes dim on screens with specific instructions
under a How Do I list.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 159 of 535

2. The following screen displays the first page of the topic Access Depositor after selecting the Help button.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 160 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topics list.
NOTE
Instruction videos are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.
Use the Back button to return to the previous screen.
Use the Up or Down buttons on the right side of the screen to scroll up or down the screen for
further instructions.
Use the Next or Back buttons to go to additional instruction pages.
3. At the Remove Deposits screen, select Next to clear the depository counts and the following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 161 of 535

4. When the deposits have been cleared, the counts will be printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 162 of 535

5. You are returned to the Depositor Menu when printing has completed.

2.6.3 Replace Ink

Use the Replace Ink operation to reset the ink cartridge settings after replacing the ink cartridge.

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ink operation.

1. At the Depositor Menu screen, select the Replace Ink option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 163 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Cancel button to cancel the operation and return to the Depositor menu.
Select the Next button to reset the ink cartridge settings. If the device is in an error state or at least
one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise this
operation will proceed.
Select the Help button to access instructions on how to maintain the Depositor.
2. Select the Next button to reset the ink cartridge settings and the following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 164 of 535

3. If the ink cartridge settings have been successfully reset, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 165 of 535

4. Select the OK button and you are returned to the Depositor Menu.

2.7 Electronic Journal

The Electronic Journal operation allows you to archive the current Electronic Journal data file and copy archived
files to a removable disk. The Electronic Journal archives the current file, copies to the hard drive, and prepares a
new file to accept data. This operation only appears if the Electronic Journal device is enabled and pre-configured
for the terminal.

Perform the following steps to run the Electronic Journal operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices then, press Next.

2. Select the Electronic Journal device and then, press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 166 of 535

The following operations are to return this section:

Section 2.7.1, Replenish Supply


Section 2.7.2, Manage Archives

2.7.1 Replenish Supply

Use the Replenish Supply operation to archive the current Electronic Journal file and prepare a new file to
accept data.

Perform the following steps to run the Replenish Supply operation.

1. When accessing the Replenish Supply operation screen for the first time, and an archive does not exist,
then a new archive will be created. A completion message appears and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 167 of 535

2. Select Next to archive the Electronic Journal data. At completion, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 168 of 535

3. Select Done to return to the Electronic Journal Menu.

4. If the removable disk is not present, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 169 of 535

5. Select Done to return to the Electronic Journal Menu.

2.7.2 Manage Archives

The Manage Archives operation displays the most recent Electronic Journal archives on the terminal.

Perform the following steps to use the Manage Archives operation.

1. From the Electronic Journal screen, select the Manage Archives operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 170 of 535

2. Highlight the desired file from the list and select the Next button. You can select the media where the
selected file will be exported to, as shown in the screen below, .

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 171 of 535

Navigation options:

The Copy then delete button copies the selected archive to the selected media and then deletes
the archive file located on the hard disk.
The Copy button copies the selected archive to the selected media.
Select the Up or Down buttons to select between the listed items.
Select the Back button to return to the previous screen to select another file.
3. Select Copy then delete or Copy and the following screen displays the copying progress.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 172 of 535

4. After completion of the copying process, a status screen displays showing the result of the operation. If
everything is OK, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 173 of 535

5. Select the Done button to return to the Electronic Journal menu.

2.8 Journal Printer

The Journal Printer operation displays instructions for replenishing the printer paper and ribbon supplies. When
the instructions appear, replenish the supplies, as required.

Perform the following steps to run the Journal Printer operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices menu, select the Journal Printer menu option and then, select Next. The
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 174 of 535

2. Select the Cancel button to cancel and exit the operation and return to the Maintenance Menu.

3. Select the Next button on the above screen momentarily, and you are returned to the previous menu. If the
device is in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will
be displayed.

4. Select the Help button to display a Menu, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 175 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left side of the screen to highlight a topic.
Use the Ok button to select that topic.
Select the Help menu button to return to the instructions topic list screen.
Select the Back button to return to the previous screen.
Select the Warning button to show user warning instructions, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 176 of 535

5. The following screen shows an example of an instruction topic after selecting a Help topic. However, video
instructions are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 177 of 535

6. To return to the Journal Printer screen, select the Exit Help button.

2.9 Passbook Printer

The Passbook Printer operation allows you to service the Passbook Printer.

The following operations are described in this section:

Section 2.9.1, Remove Passbook


Section 2.9.2, Replace Ribbon

Perform the following steps to use the Passbook Printer operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Replenish Devices and then, press Next.

2. Select the Passbook Printer menu option and then press Next., as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 178 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left side of the screen to highlight a topic.
Use the Next button to select that topic.
Select the Back button to return to the previous screen.

2.9.1 Remove Passbook

The Remove Passbook operation allows you to remove the passbook from the Passbook Printer.

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Passbook operation.

1. Select Remove Passbook from the menu and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 179 of 535

2. If you want to remove the Passbook now, press the Next button. If the device is in an error state or at least
one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise the
Passbook Printer Menu is displayed indicating the operation has finished.

3. If you want to view the Help topic for that operation, press the Help button and the screen below appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 180 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Warning button to show user warning instructions.


Press Exit Help to return to the Remove PassBook screen.
Use the Up and Down buttons to select a Help item in the list.
Press Ok to view the Help item you selected. In this menu, for example, if you choose Replace
Ribbon Cartridge, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 181 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Help Menu button to return to the Help Menu screen.
Select the Back button to return to the previous screen.
Use the Up and Down buttons (if applicable) to go to the previous or next page.
Select the Next button to view the next Help step. In this case, the following screen displays,
showing the last step to the Help topic.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 182 of 535

4. Select the Exit Help button to return to the Remove PassBook Menu screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 183 of 535

5. Select the Next button to finish executing the operation. The counters for the Passbook Printer will clear
and then print, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 184 of 535

6. After the Clearing Counters operation has finished, the operation will print the counters to a selected
printer (printer must be installed and pre-configured for the terminal), as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 185 of 535

7. Select the printer that you want to use in order to print the operation results. For example, if you choose the
Journal printer, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 186 of 535

8. After printing, you are returned to the previous menu.

2.9.2 Replace Ribbon

The Replace Ribbon operation describes instructions on how to replace the ribbon in the Passbook Printer.

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ribbon operation.

1. From the Passbook Printer Menu, select the Replace Ribbon operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 187 of 535

2. Select the Help button to view the Help topics for the passbook printer. Select Cancel button to return to
the previous menu.

3. Select the Next button when you are finished servicing the device. A printing test will be performed after
pressing the Next button. The following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 188 of 535

A screen with an error message will be displayed if a timeout occurs during the insertion of the passbook or
if any other error occurs during the insertion of the passbook.

4. Depending on the printing strategy being used, a printing test string will be automatically printed on the
next available line on the passbook or the following screen will be displayed to enter a line on the passbook
to be printed:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 189 of 535

5. The following screen displays while printing on the passbook:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 190 of 535

6. Once the printing has been performed, a screen will be displayed by mentioning to take the passbook as
follow:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 191 of 535

If any errors occur during the printing job, a screen with an error message will be displayed.

2.10 Receipt Printer

The Receipt Printer operation displays instructions for replenishing the printer paper and ribbon supplies. When
the instructions appear, replenish the supplies as necessary.

Perform the following steps to use the Receipt printer operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices Menu, select the Receipt Printer menu option and select the Next button.
The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 192 of 535

2. Select the Cancel button to cancel or exit the operation and return to the main menu.

3. Select the Next button on the above screen and momentarily the following screen displays and then,
returns you to the previous menu. If the device is in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not
properly replenished, an error message will be displayed instead of the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 193 of 535

4. Select the Help button to display a menu screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 194 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Up or Down arrow buttons on the left side of the screen to highlight a topic.
Select the Ok button to select that topic.
Select the Help Menu button to return to the instructions topic list screen.
Select the Warning button to display the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 195 of 535

The following screen shows an example of an instruction topic after selecting a Help topic. However, video
instructions are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 196 of 535

2.11 Statement Printer

The Statement Printer operation displays instructions for servicing the Statement Printer.

Perform the following steps to use the Statement Printer operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices Menu, select the Statement Printer menu option and then, select Next.
When the instructions appear, you can service the device, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 197 of 535

2. Select the Next button when you have finished servicing the device. If the device is in an error state or at
least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise, the
Replenish Menu is displayed indicating the operation has finished. Select the Cancel button if you are not
going to service that device or if you want to exit the operation. The application returns you to the
Maintenance Menu.

3. Select the Cancel button if you are not going to service that device or if you want to exit the operation. The
application returns you to the Maintenance Menu.

4. Select the Help button to view the Help topics for the Statement Printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 198 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Exit Help button to return to the previous screen.


Select the Up or Down buttons to select an item on the Menu.
Press Help Menu for additional help instructions.
Press Back to return to the previous screen.
Select the Ok button to view the help topic you selected from the menu. For example, if the Replace
Paper option is selected, the following window appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 199 of 535

5. Select the Next button to go to the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 200 of 535

6. After you are finished with the Help topic screen, select the Next button to return to the Help Menu.

2.12 After Hour Depository

An After Hour Depository is a device that allows the Consumer to place checks, cash, or other documents into an
envelope or bag to deposit through a shutter, counted as a transaction, via the ATM terminal.

The After Hour Depository operation displays instructions for servicing the After Hour Depository.

Perform the following steps to use the After Hour Depository operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices Menu, select the After Hour Depository menu option. When the instructions
appear, you can service the device, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 201 of 535

2. Select the Next button when you have finished servicing the device. If the device is in an error state or at
least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise, the
waiting and printing screens will be displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 202 of 535

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 203 of 535

3. Select the Cancel button if you are not going to service that device or if you want to exit the operation. The
application returns you to the Maintenance Menu.

4. Select the Help button to view the Help topics for the After Hour Depository.

Chapter 3, Section 3
Balance ATM
Use the Balance ATM menu options (Figure 3-2) to perform the following functions:

Section 3.1, Start TIA Mode


Section 3.2, Request Totals
Section 3.3, Start Balance Mode
Section 3.4, Store Card Data
Section 3.5, Delete Card Data

NOTE

Start TIA Mode is enabled according ACU Configuration: ACU Agilis EmPower TIA Configuration
Enable TIA on Maintenance Menu.

Figure 3-2 Balance ATM Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 204 of 535

3.1 Start TIA Mode

The Start TIA Mode operation allows you to perform transactions from the rear of rear-load terminals by using the
rear monitor as a Consumer display, the terminal keyboard as the consumer keypad, and the optional card reader
to read the Terminal Initiated Audit information. Make sure that the ATM is Online and that the host commanded
the terminal to go In Service before attempting to enter in TIA mode, otherwise a error screen will be displayed
warning that the ATM is Offline or ATM is Out of Service.

Perform the following steps to use the Start TIA Mode operation.

1. From the menu, select the Balance ATM operation and then select the Start TIA Mode option. If the Store
Card Data operation was previously run for the user's logged-in group, the following Consumer Welcome
screen displays on the monitor and the terminal goes into service enabling the Terminal Initiated Audit
transaction.

2. Since there are no function keys on the monitor, use the A through D and F through I keys on the keyboard
to perform transactions.

3. After completing the Terminal Initiated Audit transactions, the terminal returns to the Maintenance mode
(Out-of-service).

NOTE

To exit from TIA transactions and return to Maintenance mode, Agilis EmPower 91x application
uses ESC key. Other applications may use other ways to exit from TIA mode.
Agilis NDx does not support TIA.

3.2 Request Totals

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 205 of 535

The Request Totals operation is a remote terminal balancing operation. It is only available in Maintenance mode.

Perform the following steps to use the Request Totals operation.

1. From the menu, select the Balance ATM operation and then, select the Request Totals operation. A
waiting screen displays waiting for a host's answer, as shown below.

2. The Request Totals operation waits for the host to send a pre-configured number of operations to the
terminal.

After the terminal processes the operations, the Request Totals message screen closes and you are
returned to the Maintenance mode screen.

3. If any communication error occurs, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 206 of 535

3.3 Start Balance Mode

The Start Balance Mode operation is a balancing feature that can be customized by using reserved screens for
operation. The operation may be completely configured by the financial institution.

The Start Balance Mode operation is used in some environments with the Rear Balancing feature, which allows
financial institutions the ability to service thru-the-wall terminals from the rear. The Start Balance Mode operation
is driven by the protocol specific Maintenance Service configuration.

The Start Balance Mode operation consists of the following requirements:

Must use the optional Agilis Advanced Maintenance software.


It is not available to those terminals using the Consumer display screens that appear after pressing the
White Rocker Switch, depending on how Maintenance is configured.

3.3.1 Balance Mode in the Agilis 91x Environment

When Maintenance is used in an environment where the Agilis 91x application is being used, the operation is
defined by the 008 reserved screen and rear balancing is initiated in one of the following ways:

Insertion of the card at the rear of the motorized Card Reader.


By selecting Start Balance Mode in Maintenance mode that is provided by the Agilis Advanced
Maintenance software.

Perform the following steps to use the Start Balance Mode operation while in Maintenance mode.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 207 of 535

1. From the menu, select the Balance ATM option and then select the Start Balance Mode operation.

If for some reason Maintenance can not enter Balance Mode, for example, if the current configured
Maintenance Service does not support this feature, the following screen will be displayed:

2. The Start Balance Mode operation can be configured to auto start one operation, resulting on a Host
Reply..Wait screen, which indicates that a command was sent by the Maintenance screen and was
expecting some answer from the host, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 208 of 535

3. If there was no communication with the host, a screen displays indicating an error, as shown on the
following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 209 of 535

3.3.2 Balance Functions in the Agilis 91x Environment

This section describes the Balance functions provided by the Maintenance Service implemented by Agilis 91x.

Reserved Screen 008


Reserved screen 008 is used to define the menu for the rear balance functions. The Maintenance software
displays this menu during the balance session, as shown below. The Operator performs balance functions by
selecting the desired function from this menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 210 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up and Down buttons to navigate through the menu list.
Select Next to accept the select menu item and send it to the host. A Wait screen displays.
Select Cancel to exit from the Start Balance Mode operation and you are returned to the Maintenance
Menu.

Reserved Screen 009


Reserved screen 009 is used to define the message data sent to the network for balance functions. For each
Balance function, this definition data specifies required Operator input (if any), what data is to be sent to the
network in the Consumer Request message, and how to handle a function failure.

Network Control
Because the network has control over both the function menu (screen 008) and the function definition data
(screen 009), the Balance mode is completely configurable by the network.

NOTE

Because reserved screens 008 and 009 are used to download function data for a Balance session, these
screens are not visual screens. The network should not attempt to use screen 008 or screen 009 on the
consumer display.

3.3.2.1 Display Totals

The Display Totals function displays actual totals to the screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 211 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Up and Down buttons to see more information on the screen above.
Select the Next button to return to the Balance Mode Function List. You can then print the information from
the screen to any available printer that displays, after pressing the Print button. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 212 of 535

From the Printer menu screen, select the Up and Down buttons to select a printer and press the Select button to
print.

3.3.2.2 Cash Added

Use the Cash Added function to display the entry amount input screen, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 213 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Backspace button to clear a wrong digit.


Select the Cancel button to cancel or exit this operation.
Select the Next button after entering an amount and the following screen displays the entered data.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 214 of 535

Navigation options:

Select the Up and Down buttons to see more information on the screen.
Select the Next button to return to the Balance Mode Function List.
Select the Print button to print the information from the screen that displays, to any available printer.

3.3.2.3 Cash Added - No Cents

The Cash Added - No Cents function works the same as for the Cash Added function, except that you will add
whole dollar amounts without any cents, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 215 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down buttons to see more information.


Select Next to return to the Balance Mode Function List. You can then print the information from the screen
to any available printer that displays after pressing the Print button.

3.3.2.4 Change HI to $20

The Change HI to $20 option allows you to change the high denomination amount to twenty dollars. The amount
is automatically inserted for you. The display validates the change, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 216 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up and Down buttons to see more information on the screen.
Select Next to return to the Balance Mode Function List. You can then print the information from the screen
to any available printer that displays after pressing the Print button

3.3.2.5 Update Business Date

The Update Business Date function allows you to input a new business date that can be inserted into a specified
printed media, such as to the Receipt printer or to the screen using the Print Totals option. Refer to the following
screen.

Navigation options:

Select the Backspace button to clear a wrong digit.


Select the Cancel button to cancel this operation.
Select the Next button to update the business date and return to the Balance Mode Function List.

Additional Notes
This section describes more information about the Stored Card Data operation and the Balance Mode function
in an Agilis 91x environment.

No Stored Card Data. If there is no stored card data for the Operator group, the Maintenance software starts the
balance session. When a balance function request is sent to the network, the Operator's password (the password
used for Maintenance log on) is sent in place of the PIN for network verification. The password is placed in the

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 217 of 535

PIN data held of a Consumer Request message. The password is not encrypted.

Stored Card Data. Stored card data used to initiate a Balance session must match an entry in the terminal's FIT
library. If no match is found, the Maintenance software does not start a balance session and the following screen
displays.

If a matching FIT entry is found, the Maintenance software will fill the PIN data with zeroes and starts a balance
session.

3.3.3 Balance Mode in the Agilis NDx Environment (Settlement Mode)

When Maintenance is used in an environment where the Agilis NDx application is installed, the operation is
defined by the reserved screens of the C09 type (the ones which the names are in the interval from C09 to C19).
The Balance Mode in this condition is also known as Settlement Mode.

The Balance Mode is only started if there is an active communication channel with the host and at least one
reserved screen of the C09 type is present at the Agilis NDx reserved screen's folder.

Perform the following steps to use the Start Balance Mode operation while in Maintenance mode.

1. From the menu, select the Balance ATM option and then select the Start Balance Mode operation.

If for some reason Maintenance can not enter Balance Mode, for example if the current configured
Maintenance Service does not support this feature, the following screen will be displayed:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 218 of 535

2. If, at the Agilis NDx's reserved screen's folder, there is more than one reserved screen from the C10-C19
interval, a screen like the following is displayed, allowing the operator to choose which one will be used to
define the balance operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 219 of 535

The screen above is an example where the reserved screens available at the Agilis NDx's reserved
screen's folder are C10.ndc, C12.ndc and C17.ndc.

If just the C09 screen or one of the screens from C10-C19 is present at the folder, then no selection screen
is displayed and the reserved screen to define the operation is automatically set.

NOTE

The C09 reserved screen is only used to define the operation when there are not any of the screens
from the “C10-C19" interval at the reserved screen's folder.

3. When the operator finishes selecting the reserved screen to be used, or if no selection screen was
displayed, the following screen is displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 220 of 535

Then Maintenance waits for the authorization to enter in settlement. This authorization is granted when the
application perform an attempt to go in service, like when a “go-in-service" message is sent by the host.

4. Once the authorization to enter in Settlement Mode is granted, Maintenance checks at the currently defined
reserved screen for the available transactions that can be executed, and displays a screen for selecting
which one of them should be performed. The following screen is an example where there are 4
transactions available for selection, each one of them represented by a number (from 0 to the amount of
transactions available minus 1).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 221 of 535

If the authorization is not granted within a specific amount of time defined in the Agilis NDx's enhanced
configuration parameters, a timeout occurs and then Maintenance displays the Balance ATM menu.

5. After the transaction selection is completed, Maintenance checks for the selected transaction's information
in the reserved screen and determines if there is any data that should be entered by the operator.

The possible kind of information that may by requested for the operator to enter is the cash amount, the
buffer B or buffer C values that should be used when Maintenance sends a transaction request to the host.
If more than one piece of information should be entered, they are always required in the following order:

cash amount, then


buffer B and finally
buffer C.

The following screens are used by the operator to enter the required data:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 222 of 535

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 223 of 535

6. Once all the required data is provided by the operator, Maintenance builds a transaction request message
and sends it to the host. Then it displays the following screen and waits for a transaction reply:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 224 of 535

7. If a timeout or any other error occurs while receiving the transaction reply, Maintenance displays the
following screen:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 225 of 535

On the other hand, if the transaction reply is successfully received, Maintenance checks if there is any
information that should be printed to the Receipt and Journal printer. If there is data to be printed to both
printers, Maintenance will always send the information to the Receipt Printer first and then print the data to
Journal printer. The following screens are displayed while the printing procedure is executed:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 226 of 535

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 227 of 535

8. After finishing the printing procedure, Maintenance checks at the received transaction reply what is the kind
of function that is currently being executed.

If this information indicates that Maintenance is executing a function known as “print immediate", then it will
just display a waiting screen and wait for another transaction reply. Otherwise it will check at the
transaction reply's next state information which would be the next action to take. The next action can be
one of the following options:

a. getting back to the transaction selection step,

b. displaying an error screen and then getting back to the transaction selection step,

c. exiting Settlement Mode and displaying the Balance Menu,

d. displaying an error screen, exiting Settlement Mode and then displaying the Balance Menu.

NOTE

The “print immediate" function is ignored if there is a field present in the transaction reply
indicating the transaction's next state. This field is the one that defines which is the next action
Maintenance should take.
Some messages may be sent to the host while entering and exiting Settlement Mode indicating that
the Maintenance is exiting or entering supervisor mode. These messages are sent just to insure
that Maintenance behaves exactly as if it was logged out and the application could go in service.

3.4 Store Card Data

Use the Store Card Data operation to store card data from the card in the terminal's static RAM. When the
information is stored, the operators can perform the Terminal Initiated Audit (TIA) and Balance Mode functions
without using the card.

NOTE

This operation is only available for Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Perform the following steps to use the Store Card Data operation.

1. From the menu, select Balance ATM and press Next. The Balance ATM menu displays.

2. Select the Store Card Data operation from the Balance ATM menu. Switching monitor is only required if
an operation should be done in front of ATM when Maintenance is being used at the rear monitor. If the
switching monitor is performed, the screen shown below displays on the front monitor.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 228 of 535

3. Select the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation and the screen returns to the previous
Menu and the Maintenance screen is sent to the rear monitor for display.

If you entered a wrong password, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 229 of 535

4. Select the Next button to enter the correct password. After you enter the correct password, the Store Card
Data screen displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 230 of 535

5. Select the Up and Down buttons to select the group for which the card data will be stored and press Next
to continue.

Each group's card data status also displays. For each possible card track (Track 1, 2 or 3), the word False
displays, if this information is not currently stored. Otherwise, True displays.

6. Select the Done button to finish the procedure and return to the Balance ATM menu.

If you are at a rear-load terminal, the menu will be displayed at the rear monitor.

7. Assume you want to store data for all groups. Go to the bottom of the list and select the All Groups option
and then select the Next button, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 231 of 535

8. The following screen displays, asking you to insert the card to be stored.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 232 of 535

You can select the Cancel button to stop the procedure and return to the Store Card Data screen.

9. After inserting the card and the data is stored, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 233 of 535

10. Remove the card and the Store Card Data screen displays.

3.5 Delete Card Data

The Delete Card Data operation allows you to delete any stored card data.

NOTE

This operation is only available with Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Perform the following steps to use the Delete Card Data operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Balance ATM and press Next.

2. Select Delete Card Data and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 234 of 535

3. Select the Up and Down buttons to select the group from which the card data will be deleted and press
Delete to erase the card´ data.

Each group's card data status also displays. For each possible card track (Track 1, 2 or 3), the word False
displays, if this information is not currently stored. Otherwise, the word, True displays.

4. Select the Delete button update the card status for the selected group, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 235 of 535

5. Select the Done button to finish the procedure and return to the Balance ATM menu.

6. Assume you want to delete data for all groups. Navigate to the bottom of the list in the screen above and
select the option All Groups and then, press the Delete button. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 236 of 535

7. Select the Done button to finish the procedure and return to the Balance ATM menu.

Chapter 3, Section 4
Counters
The Counters menu (Figure 3-3) allows you to view or print counts for a selected device.

Figure 3-3 Counters Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 237 of 535

This section includes the following operations:

Section 4.1, View All


Section 4.2, Print All
Section 4.3, Cash Position
Section 4.4, Coin Position
Section 4.5, Approximate Cash
Section 4.6, Itemized Cheque List
Section 4.7, Clear Counters

4.1 View All

The View All operation allows you to view counters for devices that have been attached and preconfigured for
your terminal. The following device counters are typically used in an Agilis EmPower® Maintenance installation
and configuration system.

Transaction Counter
Card Reader Counters
Depository Counters
Cash and Coin Dispenser Counters
Check Reader Counters
Passbook Printer Counters

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 238 of 535

Perform the following steps to use the View All operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and press Next.

2. Select the View All option and press Next. The following example screen displays.

Table 3-1 describes these counters.

Table 3-1 Counters


Type of
Counter Description
Transaction Shows the number of Consumer Request messages sent by the terminal
Count
Card Reader Shows the number of cards retained by the terminal as a result of a Retain Card
Count operation initiated by the network or the card reader.
Depositor Shows the number of deposit operations
Count
Cash and Coin Includes the cassette position and denomination ID and the amount dispensed, the
Dispenser amount remaining in the ATM or terminal, which includes the Divert cassette. (Counts
Count include total diverts and dumps counts.) For the cassettes that are missing since
Maintenance's startup, the “_" symbol is displayed instead of the denomination ID. If the
cassette was not missing at the startup, but is missing at the moment, the “@" symbol is
displayed.

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 239 of 535

will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In
this case, the cassettes' positions are not displayed, because this information is not
related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.
Check Reader Shows the deposited check count.
Counts
Passbook Shows the retract bins counts.
Printer Counts
Bill Counts Last time that the bill counts were cleared.
Last Cleared
Current Date System date and time.
and Time

Table 3-2 Cash Dispenser Counts Details in View All


Type of
Counter Description
Total This count contains the total number of bills for each cash unit that has been purposely sent
Diverted to the reject bin, but has not been exposed to the customer, e.g. notes moved to the reject
bin during a dispense test operation. If ExpandedCounters configuration is not enabled, this
count will also include the Total Rejected.
Total This count will only appear if the ExpandedCounters configuration is enabled. Contains the
Rejected total number of bills for each cash unit that have been rejected and not exposed to the
customer during a dispense transaction. This count also includes the notes rejected (e.g.
possible damaged notes) during a test dispense operation.
Total Contains the total number of bills for each cash unit that has been retracted after being
Retracted presented to the customer. Note that current cash dispenser hardware cannot determine the
number of bills retracted, so if any bills are retracted, it is assumed the count is that which
was originally dispensed. The Recycler device can determine the total number of bills
retracted during a dispense operation. If a Recycler is being used as dispenser only, this
count will also contain the notes retracted by Maintenance during a reset procedure in Test
Cash Dispenser and Dispense Test operation.
Counts per Cassette
Dispensed This count includes all bills successfully presented to the customer.
Bills that have been presented to the customer and then were retracted are also included in
this counter.
Remaining This count includes the total notes currently present in the cash unit. This count also includes
the Diverted and Rejected counts per cassette.
Diverted This count contains the total number of bills of the cash unit that has been purposely sent to
the reject bin, but has not been exposed to the customer, e.g. notes moved to the reject bin
during a dispense test operation. If ExpandedCounters configuration is not enabled, this
count will also include the Rejected counts.
Rejected This count will only appear if the ExpandedCounters configuration is enabled. Contains the
total number of bills for the cash unit that have been rejected and not exposed to the
customer during a dispense transaction. This count also includes the notes rejected (e.g.
possible damaged notes) during a test dispense operation.

Table 3-3 Cash In Counts Details in View All


Type of
Counter Description
Counts per Cassette
Deposited per Contains the valid deposit counts during a deposit transaction.
note
Retracted per Contains the notes retracted during a deposit transaction. This count also includes the

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 240 of 535

note notes retracted during the reset procedure if the acceptor part of the Recycler is enabled.

NOTE

There can be additional devices shown, if they are installed and pre-configured for the terminal. For
instance, if a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, counters related to it (described in Table 3-1)
will be displayed below the Cash Dispenser denomination (2).

3. Select Done after reviewing the counters and you are returned to the previous menu.

4. Alternatively, you can select Print and the following screen displays.

5. Select one of the printers listed and press Next. The counters will print to that device, as shown in the
following example screen for the Receipt Printer.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 241 of 535

6. When printing has completed, the screen returns to the previous menu.

4.2 Print All

The Print All operation allows you to print all the counters to a selected pre-configured printer.

Perform the following steps to use the Print All operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and press Next.

2. Select the Print All option and press Next.

3. Select the printer that you wish to print to, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 242 of 535

If you selected the Receipt printer, as shown below, printing will begin. When printing has finished, the
screen automatically returns to the previous menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 243 of 535

4.3 Cash Position

The Cash Position operation displays the total cash value for each cassette, as well as for the entire terminal, if a
Cash Dispenser device is enabled at the machine. In addition, a list of the bill denominations in each cassette is
included.

When a Cash In Module device is enabled at the ATM, the Cash Position operation displays the total deposited
cash value for each of its cassettes and shows the total deposited amount of money at the ATM terminal.

Perform the following steps to use the Cash Position operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and then press Next.

2. Select the Cash Position option and press Next. A table appears displaying the total cash value and
denomination for each cassette, and the total amount for the terminal as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 244 of 535

NOTE

If the cash dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the cassette's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to
the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

3. Press the Page Down button and the remaining information displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 245 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up or Down buttons to move one line of the text up or down, respectively.
Use the Page Up or Page Down buttons to move a group of lines up or down, respectively.
4. Table 3-41 describes each Supply option for this screen.

Table 3-4 Supply Fields Options


Option Description
Unit Values Denomination present in cassettes
Loaded How much each cassette was loaded with
Successfully Delivered How much was delivered from each cassette
Subject To Verification How much was retracted
Remaining Inside Terminal How much is present inside cassettes
Deposited How much was deposited in each cassette

NOTE

The information will not display for the Cash Dispenser or Cash In Module if either device was
disabled. Besides, if a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, information related to it will be
displayed below the denomination Cash Dispenser (2).

5. After reviewing the Cash position totals, select Done to return to the previous menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 246 of 535

6. Alternatively, select Print and the following screen displays.

7. Select one of the printers listed, press Next and the Cash Position totals will be printed to that device. A
wait screen displays.

8. When finished printing, you are returned to the previous menu.

4.4 Coin Position

The Coin Position operation displays the total cash value for each coin hopper, as well as for the entire terminal.
In addition, a list of the coin denominations in each coin hopper appears.

Perform the following steps to use the Coin Position operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and press Next.

2. Select the Coin Position operation and press Next. The following screen displays the total cash value for
each coin hopper and the total ATM.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 247 of 535

NOTE

If the coin dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the hopper's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the
logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

3. After you review the Coin Position totals, you can select the Done button to return to the previous menu.

4. You can also select Print to print the Coin Position totals, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 248 of 535

You can select Cancel to cancel printing and return to the previous screen.

5. Press Select to print the Coin Position total. As the totals print, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 249 of 535

6. When finished printing, you are returned to the previous menu.

4.5 Approximate Cash

The Approximate Cash operation screen indicates how full the cassettes are by the number of bills it displays in
the last column (view the device cassettes for bill counts).

Perform the following steps to use the Approximate Cash operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and press Next.

2. Select the Approximate Cash operation and press Next and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 250 of 535

NOTE

If the cash dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the cassette's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to
the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, information related to it will be displayed below the
denomination Cash Dispenser (2).

3. Review the Approximate Cash supplies.

4. When you have finished reviewing them, select Done and you are returned to the previous menu.

4.6 Itemized Cheque List

The Itemized Cheque List operation displays all deposited cheques within the Intelligent Depository Module
(IDM) and displays the following relevant data:

Transaction number
Amount deposited
Date and time of deposit
Totals for each bin

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 251 of 535

Agilis NDx does not support this operation. Running this operation will always bring an empty list.

Perform the following steps to use the Itemized Cheque List operation.

1. From the menu, select Counters and press Next. The Itemized Cheque List screen displays.

2. If necessary, these counters can be printed, by pressing the Print button, and then the following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 252 of 535

Select one of the printers listed, press Next and the Itemized Cheque List will be printed to that device.

Alternatively, you can select Cancel to cancel printing and return to the previous screen.

3. After printing, or by pressing Done at the screen in Step 2, the screen returns to the Counters menu. If
necessary, these counters can be printed, by pressing the Print button, and then the following screen
displays. Select one of the printers listed, press Next and the Itemized Cheque List will be printed to that
device. Alternatively, you can select Cancel to cancel printing and return to the previous screen.

4.7 Clear Counters

The Clear Counters operation allows you to clear the device counters for a selected device (if installed and pre-
configured for your terminal).

Perform the following steps to use the Clear Counters operation.

1. From the menu, select the Counters operation and press Next.

2. Select the Clear Counters operation and press Next. The following screen displays showing all devices
that have been installed and pre-configured for this terminal.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 253 of 535

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the option Cash Dispenser (2) will also be available in
Clear Counters Menu. If the Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled in a Recycler (compound
device), the option Dispenser/Recycler (2) will be available in Clear Counters Menu.

3. Select the device for which you want to clear the counters from. A message screen displays asking if you
are sure you want to clear the device's counters, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 254 of 535

4. When you select the Yes option, a message displays, as shown below, indicating that the counters are
being cleared for the device you have selected. In this screen, the Dispenser was selected.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 255 of 535

5. After clearing the counts, you are prompted with a screen to select where these counts should be printed. If
Journal was selected, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 256 of 535

6. After printing has finished, you are returned to the previous menu.

NOTE

If you choose to clear the counters of Cash Dispenser or Coin Dispenser device and it is configured
for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the counters by logical
units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not displayed,
because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.
If you choose to clear the counters of a Currency Acceptor device, which belongs to a recycler
compound configured for accepting and dispensing bills, the cassette zero's counters are not
cleared. In any other situation, it is cleared, just as all the other cassettes that are capable of
accepting bills.

Chapter 3, Section 5
Status List and Service Logs
Use the Status List and Service Logs menu (Figure 3-4) to perform the following operations:

Section 5.1, Status List


Section 5.2, Site Visit
Section 5.3, Service Call
Section 5.4, Send Attention Message

Figure 3-4 Status List and Service Logs Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 257 of 535

5.1 Status List

The Status List is a chronological list of all statuses reported by the ATM, as follows:

The most recent fault that occurs is always at the top of the Status List.
The Status List can contain up to 149 status entries.
When the list is full and a new status must be added, the oldest status is automatically deleted from the list.

The Status List operations allow you to display and print a log of device activity, supply status, and fault
information.

Perform the following steps to run the Status List operation.

1. From the menu, select the Status List and Service Logs menu option. Then, select Status List and the
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 258 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Menu option to return to the Maintenance Menu.


Use the Back option to return to the previous screen.
Use the Up option to select from the list
Use the Down option to select from the list
Use the Next option to go to the next screen after making a selection.
2. Section 5.1.1 through Section 5.1.3 describe the operations available for the Status List screen.

5.1.1 View

The View operation allows the Operator to perform various operations from the Status listing shown on the
screen.

Perform the following steps to use the View operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Status List and Service Logs. Then, select Status List.

2. Select View and the following screen displays while a Status List report is being created.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 259 of 535

3. After the Status List has accumulated all statuses, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 260 of 535

4. The information in this screen lists the date, time, and a description of the fault statuses. Use the navigation
buttons on the screen to navigate through the statuses.

Navigation Options
The following paragraphs describe the buttons available on the View screen with additional example screens.

Page (up arrow). Use this option to scroll up, one page at a time (if applicable).

Page (down arrow). Use this option to scroll down, one page at a time (if applicable).

Up. Use this option to highlight the previous selection as you browse through the listing.

Down. Use this option to highlight the next selection as you browse through the listing.

Close. Use this option to close the status list and return to the Status List menu.

Filter. Use this option to view statuses for a single selected device or to view statuses for all the configured
devices on the terminal. The Filter list displays all devices that contains at least one fault in Fault History file for
the terminal.

Perform the following steps to use the Filter option.

1. After selecting the Filter option, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 261 of 535

This screen will list only the devices that have been installed and configured for your terminal.

Also, there is an option called All Devices which allows the user to return to the original view after
implementing a specific filter. For example, suppose that the user selected View Status List and then
filtered the list to show all Card Reader Statuses. Later, the user can show the original full Status List
again, by selecting the Filter button and then All Devices.

Use the Up or Down buttons to select a device.

You can use the Back button to return to the previous screen.

2. Select the Next button when you have highlighted the device you want. The following screen displays while
a Status List report is being created.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 262 of 535

3. When the fault search completes, the following screen displays, showing the Status List of the selected
device only. In the following example screen, the results of the Card Reader appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 263 of 535

Print & Clear. Use this option, which appears only on the Status List menu under the Status List > View option,
when you want just to print the Status List to a printer device or to print the Status List to a printer device and then
totally clear the listing.

Perform the following steps to use the Print & Clear menu after pressing this navigation button.

1. From the Status List menu, select View then press Next. The following menu appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 264 of 535

2. Highlight the Print Status List option, then, press Next. A printer list appears, as shown below, where you
can print the status list to.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 265 of 535

3. Select the printer you want to print to and then, press Select. The following screen displays for the Receipt
Printer, when the printing begins.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 266 of 535

4. If you select the Clear Status List (after printing on), press the Next button. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 267 of 535

5. Select the printer you want to print the Status List to and then press Select. Before the Status List clears,
the following confirmation screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 268 of 535

Press Next to clear the Status List.

Press Cancel to cancel the operation. You will return to the View Status List screen.

How to fix. This navigational option allows you to attempt to recover from a fault condition by performing a
Maintenance operation. The How to fix button will be enabled or disabled depending on the availability of
maintenance to fix a selected status. The following screen below has the How to fix button disabled:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 269 of 535

Perform the following steps to use the How to fix option in order to attempt to recover from a communication
failure of a PIN device:

1. From the View Status List screen, highlight by selecting from one of the statuses, as shown in the
example screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 270 of 535

2. Then, select the How to fix button. The following device testing screen displays briefly.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 271 of 535

3. After the device has been tested, and if there are any problems, the following screen displays offering
information on how to fix the problem(s).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 272 of 535

If you press the Retry button, the device will be tested again. If you press the Skip button, you are returned
to the Status List menu.

5.1.2 Print

The Print feature allows you to print an entire Status List to a selected printer (the terminal must be equipped and
pre-configured with the printer(s) you select).

Perform the following steps to run the Print option.

1. After selecting Print, a new screen lists the available printers, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 273 of 535

2. Select the desired printer by clicking from the list of printers using the Up and Down buttons.

3. Click on the Select button to initiate the printer selection. The following screen displays as the list is being
printed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 274 of 535

You are returned to the Status List screen.

5.1.3 Clear

Use the Clear option to clear all the Status List records. The user can select to print the entire Status List to the
printer selected, before it clears. Follow the same instructions as described in Section 5.1.2. Refer to the following
screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 275 of 535

After printing, you are returned to the Status List screen.

5.2 Site Visit

The Site Visit operation allows you to record the date of service calls generated by the financial institution in the
Status List. The institution can choose to use this field to record other information, such as an Operator number or
a code that shows the service(s) performed, The system automatically records the date and time for all status
entries

Perform the following steps to run the Site Visit operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Status List and Service Logs operation.

2. Select Site Visit. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 276 of 535

3. Enter the date or desired data (six digits) in the entry field or accept the current data (default). When you
are satisfied with the data in the entry field, select OK. Select Cancel to cancel the entry. In both cases,
you are then returned to the previous menu.

4. Use the Backspace button to erase the last digit of the current default date. Be sure to use the Backspace
button to delete ALL digits, before you enter new data.

5.3 Service Call

The Service Call operation allows you to record the date of a service call in the Status List.

Perform the following steps to run the Service Call operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Status List operation.

2. Select the Service Call operation from the menu. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 277 of 535

3. Enter the date or desired data (six digits) in the date field or accept the current date (default). If you make a
mistake, use the Backspace button to delete each character shown and re-enter the correct date that you
want to display.

4. Select OK, when you are satisfied with the data in the entry field.

5. The Status List menu displays and the terminal returns to the Maintenance Menu.

5.4 Send Attention Message

Selecting the Send Attention Message operation sends an attention message to the network. This is an
unsolicited status message used to inform the network that the terminal has been serviced.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

The terminal performs the Send Attention Message operation immediately after you select it. No secondary
menus or options appear, other than a PLEASE WAIT screen.

In case there is a transaction in progress, another screen will appear, informing that it is waiting for the customer
to finish their transaction. It will be displayed until the transaction has been completed, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 278 of 535

For information on when to select the Send Attention Message operation, refer to your applicable terminal
programming guide(s).

Chapter 3, Section 6
Diagnostics
This section describes the operations performed under the Diagnostics menu (Figure 3-5), as follows:

Section 6.1, Device Diagnostics (VDM)


Section 6.2, ATM Self Test
Section 6.3, Dispense Test
Section 6.4, Clear Bills from Escrow

Figure 3-5 Diagnostics Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 279 of 535

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the options Dispense Test (2) and Clear Bills From Escrow (2)
will also be available. The operation Dispense Test (2) is similar to operation Dispense Test (described in
Section 6.3) and operation Clear Bills From Escrow (2) is similar to operation Clear Bills From Escrow
(described in Section 6.4).

6.1 Device Diagnostics (VDM)

The Vendor Dependent Mode (VDM) interface, a diagnostic management information database, available as a
Software License Subscription only tool, displays Customer Diagnostic tools for such options as device
diagnostics, configuration, clearing faults (Diebold ix and NCR terminals ONLY) and traces.

Perform the following steps to run the Device Diagnostics (VDM) operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Diagnostics selection and press Next.

2. Select the Device Diagnostics (VDM) operation. A waiting appears, as shown below, until the diagnostic
initialization.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 280 of 535

3. The Diagnostic operation begins initialization, as shown below, while waiting for a Vendor Dependent Mode
diagnostic conclusion.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 281 of 535

NOTE

If any test were performed while in Vendor Dependent Mode where notes were deposited into a currency
acceptor, it is necessary to perform a replenish operation in this device via Maintenance. Otherwise, the
logical counters displayed in Maintenance's operations will not match the number of notes that are inside
the currency acceptor.

6.2 ATM Self Test

With the ATM Self Test operation, the ATM is able to perform a diagnostic routine on any of the devices listed.
However, the device must be attached and configured to the terminal. This operation determines if something is
wrong with the device. If the self-test fails, a beeper sounds and the system displays a message box for the
device selected.

Features
This operation includes the same tests that the terminal runs when it exits the Maintenance mode and includes
the following additional features:

Allows you to place the self-test in a sequence.


Operation can be included after servicing a device.
Allows Operators to take corrective action while they are still at the terminal.
At the end of the operation, all devices reset to their default states.

Perform the following steps to use the ATM Self Test operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 282 of 535

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Diagnostics and press Next.

2. Select the ATM Self Test operation and the following screen displays.

3. Highlight (select) a listed device by pressing the Up or Down buttons to select it.

4. Select the Test button and a message displays indicating that a self-test is running, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 283 of 535

5. If an error occurs during the test, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 284 of 535

6. Select Retry after correcting the fault or select Skip to cancel the self-test.

6.3 Dispense Test

Run the Dispense Test operation when it is necessary to replace dispense cassettes in Maintenance mode,
when changing a cassette from its original position (cassette shuffle), or for any of the following reasons:

To read the denominations of any new cassettes.


To test the Dispenser by dispensing one bill from each dispense cassette into the divert cassette.
To ensure that the cassettes dock properly and are in good working order. Perform this test whenever you
replace dispenser cassettes in Maintenance mode or change a cassette from its original position i.e.,
(cassette shuffle).
To see if the terminal will dispense bills from cassettes with the status of Ok or low on bills.

Perform the following steps to use the Dispense Test operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Diagnostics and press Next.

2. Select the Dispense Test operation. A message displays indicating that the Dispense Test is running, as
shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 285 of 535

3. At completion of the self-test, the following example screen displays showing the status of all cassettes,
including the divert cassette. It also describes the fault, when one is available.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 286 of 535

NOTE

The cassettes that are in the empty or low states will have their denomination ID displayed in lower
case letters; in the other cases, upper case letters will be displayed. For the cassettes that are
missing since Maintenance's startup, the “_" symbol is displayed instead of the denomination ID. If
the cassette was not missing at the startup, but is missing at the moment, the “@" symbol is
displayed.

4. After selecting the Ok button, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 287 of 535

5. Correct the fault and select Retry, or select Skip to cancel the fault correction.

Table 3-5 describes the test result possibilities of the cassette status.

Table 3-5 Test Results


Test Result Description
Pass Cassette present and working
Fail Cassette present and not working
Low Cassette present but low on currency
Not Present Cassette not present
Not Available Cassette position not available
Not Tested Cassette not tested
6. If all tests display Pass, you are returned to the previous menu.

Status Error Message or Condition


The following two operations may or may not appear on the Diagnostics operations menu:

Fix the problem before proceeding and select Retry.


Choose to ignore the problem and select Cancel.

6.4 Clear Bills from Escrow (presenter only feature)

The operation forces the presenter to place the cash into the divert cassette that has been retracted by the
presenter and has not been diverted.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 288 of 535

Perform the following steps to use the Clear Bills from Escrow operation.

NOTE

You can only select this menu item in Maintenance Mode. It is not available in Continuous Availability.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Diagnostics and press Next.

2. Select the Clear Bills from Escrow operation. A Please Wait screen displays, as shown below.

At completion, you are returned to the previous menu.

NOTE

The Clear Bills From Escrow option will only be displayed for cash dispensers that have an
intermediate escrow. If the cash dispenser is offline or powered off since the application's startup,
this option will not be available either. In this situation, you must connect the communication cable
and power the device on before navigating to the Diagnostics menu, in order to enable the Clear
Bills From Escrow option.

Chapter 3, Section 7
Sequences
The Sequences menu (Figure 3-6) is only available in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 289 of 535

A sequence is a series of menu items and messages that lead a terminal operator through a series of functions
automatically. The sequences are assigned to specific operator groups. When an operator logs on to
Maintenance mode, a sequence can begin automatically or a list of sequences can appear that allow the operator
to select which sequence to perform.

Perform the following steps to run the Sequences operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Sequences option and the screen in Figure 3-6 displays

Figure 3-6 Sequences Menu

2. This section includes the following menu items:

Section 7.1, Run a Sequence


Section 7.2, Record New Sequence
Section 7.3, Stop Recording
Section 7.4, Edit

7.1 Run a Sequence

The Run a Sequence operation runs a saved sequence of recorded functions or operations. After selecting the
operation, the system displays the Sequence List for the current Operator Group.

Perform the following steps to perform the Run a Sequence operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Sequences operation and then select Run a Sequence. The

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 290 of 535

following screen displays a list of the available sequences.

2. Select the sequence you want to run and press Select. The sequence begins to run.

3. If a step to be run is a sequence message, the following screen displays the sequence message:

Figure 3-7 Display Sequence Message - 1

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 291 of 535

NOTE

If the current logged user has recorded sequence, after logging into Maintenance, the first screen
to be displayed is the screen displaying the list of available sequence so that the operator can
select a desired sequence to be run.

7.2 Record New Sequence

The Record New Sequence operation allows you to assign sequences to record.

NOTE

You shouldn't include any step after the “ExitOption" step when recording a sequence. A sequence
cannot be executed when the operator is not logged in.

Perform the following steps to run the Record New Sequence operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Sequences operation and then select Record New Sequence.
The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 292 of 535

2. Enter a title name for the sequence you want to create.

3. Select Cancel to return to the Sequence menu.

4. Select Ok to accept the sequence title. You can use the Backspace button to correct the title. Refer to the
following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 293 of 535

5. Enter the groups that will have access to the sequence, using the Up and Down buttons to navigate and
press the Select button to select or deselect them.

6. Select Cancel to return to the title screen.

7. Select Next to accept the group validation, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 294 of 535

If the Continuous Availability Group has the sequence access, the following screen displays instead of the
screen shown in Select Next to accept the group validation, as shown below. If the Continuous Availability
Group has the sequence access, the following screen displays instead of the screen shown in Screen
options: Select the Run Automatically option to start the sequence automatically when the operator logs
on. Use the Password Required option, if you want an operator to enter a password when entering
Continuous Availability.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 295 of 535

Screen options:

Select the Run Automatically option to start the sequence automatically when the operator logs on.
Use the Password Required option if you want an operator to enter a password when entering
Continuous Availability.
8. Select Cancel to return to the Valid Groups screen.

9. Select the Next button to accept the sequence options, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 296 of 535

10. Select Cancel to return to the Options screen. Select Ok in order to start recording the Sequence. See an
example on how to record a sequence in the following section.

Recording Sequence Example


After creating a sequence, navigate through the menus, recording the sequence's steps (the operations which will
run during the sequence).

The initial sequence recording screen is the Sequences menu with a field at the bottom indicating the current
sequence's name and the previous step's name, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 297 of 535

Perform the following steps to record a new Sequence.

1. Select the Menu button. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 298 of 535

2. Select the Counters operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 299 of 535

3. Select View All. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 300 of 535

The message in the screen indicates that the first Sequence Step was recorded and that it is to execute the
View All operation.

4. Select the Approximate Cash operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 301 of 535

The message in the screen indicates that the Second Sequence Step was recorded and that it is to
execute the Approximate Cash operation.

5. You can use any of the menu options to add operations to the Sequence. When finished, go to the
Sequences Menu and select Stop Recording. The sequence is now recorded and saved under the title
you gave it.

NOTE

Please notice that the menu options that will be displayed are only the ones capable of being executed by
all the groups which have access to the sequence currently being recorded.

7.3 Stop Recording

The Stop Recording operation halts the execution of the Record New Sequence operation. Use this operation
when you are finished adding sequence steps to the sequence and you want to save the Sequence.

7.4 Edit

Use the Edit operation to modify or change any sequence in the named sequence list.

Perform the following steps to run the Edit operation.

1. From the Sequence menu, select the Edit option. If there is no sequence saved in Maintenance, the
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 302 of 535

If there are available saved Sequences, the following screen displays instead.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 303 of 535

2. Select the operation you want to perform. For more information on the operations in this screen, refer to
Section 7.4.1 through Section 7.4.4.

7.4.1 Import

The Import operation allows you to import a sequence from any removable media, such as a floppy drive,
removable disk, or CD-ROM drive.

Perform the following steps to run the Import operation.

1. Select Import operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 304 of 535

2. Select the media where the Sequence file you want to import resides and press Select. The following
screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 305 of 535

3. Select the file and press Select and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 306 of 535

4. Select the sequence you want to import, or select All Sequences if you want to import all sequences. You
are returned to the Sequence Edit Menu.

7.4.2 Export

The Export operation allows you to export or save the selected sequence(s) file(s) or directories to whatever the
removable media configuration is set to, such as a floppy drive, removable disk, or CD-ROM drive.

Perform the following steps to run the Export operation.

1. Select the Export operation from the Sequence Edit menu and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 307 of 535

2. Select the Sequence you want to export, or select All Sequences. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 308 of 535

3. Select the removable media where you are going to export your sequences into and click Select. The
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 309 of 535

4. Type the name of the file that you want the sequences to be saved to and press Ok. Use the Backspace
button to change the name of the file at any time. Press Ok to accept the filename. You are returned to the
previous menu.

7.4.3 Reorder Sequences

The Reorder Sequences operation allows you to reposition a Sequence in a list of Sequences to a new position
in the list.

Perform the following steps to run the Reorder Sequences operation.

1. Select Reorder Sequences in the Sequence Edit Screen. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 310 of 535

2. Select the Sequence that you want to move and press Select. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 311 of 535

3. Use the Up or Down buttons to move the selected Sequence to a different position and press Select. You
are returned to the Sequence Edit menu.

7.4.4 Edit a Sequence

The Edit a Sequence operation allows you to edit or change an existing step in a sequence.

Perform the following steps to run the Edit a Sequence operation.

1. From the Sequence Edit screen, click the Delete button to delete or remove the selected sequence. The
sequence will be deleted and the Sequences List will be updated.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 312 of 535

2. Click the Copy button to Copy a Sequence. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 313 of 535

3. Enter the name of the copied sequence and press Ok. Use the Backspace button to change the name of
the file at any time. This step works the same as the Edit operation, as described below.

4. Click Select to Select a Sequence to edit. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 314 of 535

5. Change the name of the sequence, if required, and press Ok. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 315 of 535

6. Select the Group(s) that will be allowed to execute the sequence and press Next. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 316 of 535

7. Select the available option(s), if required, and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 317 of 535

Please notice that the sequence steps of the message type will have their messages truncated to fit in just
one line of the list. The message associated to the current selected sequence step, in case it is a message
step, will be displayed at the bottom of screen.

On the screen above, you can press Back to go to the previous screen, or you can press Save button in
order to save your changes you have done on the sequence.

Navigation options:

a. Press Add Operation to add new steps to the sequence. Maintenance will work as if you were in
the Record Sequence operation. When you are done recording the sequence, Maintenance will
return to the screen above, and the recorded steps will be added to the end of the steps list. After
the Add operation, the Sequence will be saved.

b. Press Add Message to add a sequence message text in the sequence step list. The following
screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 318 of 535

On the screen above, press Cancel to finish the operation without adding a message or press OK
after adding your sequence message text. The message must have less than 600 characters; if this
limit is reached, it will not be possible to enter any more characters.

c. Press Reorder to move the selected step.

EXAMPLE

If you want ViewAll to be the first step in the sequence step list below, select it in the screen below:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 319 of 535

Press Reorder on the screen above in order to display the screen to select the place where you want to
move the sequence step previously selected to. The following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 320 of 535

8. Select the first position and press Select. The following screen displays. Notice the new positions of the
sequence steps in the list.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 321 of 535

9. Although the Steps positions moved, the sequence will only be saved after pressing the Save button. You
are returned to the Sequences menu.

If you press the More button on the sequence step list screen, the 3 first options on the left side of the screen will
be changed, so the following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 322 of 535

Navigation options:

Press Edit Message to edit a message text of a sequence step. The screen that will be shown after
pressing this option is the same as the screen for adding a sequence message text. The text box of the
edit / add message screen will display the current sequence message to be edited. The message must
have less than 600 characters; if this limit is reached, it will not be possible to enter any more characters.
Press Remove to remove the selected step and the step will disappear from the screen. However, the
sequence will only be changed if you press Save. Maintenance will return to the Sequences menu.
Press Remove All to remove all the Sequences steps. The steps will disappear from the screen.
However, the sequence will only be changed if you press Save. Maintenance will return to the Sequences
menu.

Chapter 3, Section 8
Settings
The Maintenance Settings screen of operations allows you to perform the following functions:

Section 8.1, Operator Passwords


Section 8.2, Operator Permissions
Section 8.3, Edit Transaction Counter
Section 8.4, Device Adjustments

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 323 of 535

During terminal installation, the Terminal Manager (person designated as Manager or Administrator of terminal
operations) must create Operator Groups and assign passwords and operations to each Group. The Terminal
Manager uses the Settings operation to perform these Manager functions (Figure 3-8).

Figure 3-8 Settings Menu

Terminal Security
Only the Terminal Manager has access to all the operations in this menu selection. However, to maintain terminal
security, the Terminal Manager must be the only person to perform these procedures during terminal installation.
Also, the Terminal Manager must be the only person to modify Group assignments after terminal installation.

More than one password can be assigned to the Terminal Manager Group. However, giving a Manager password
to anyone other than a Terminal Manager allows that person to access all the menu items on the Maintenance
mode screen. This practice is not recommended since certain procedures must be performed only by a Terminal
Manager. Therefore, Diebold will not be responsible for the misuse of this function.

What is an Operator Group?


An Operator Group can be any group of service personnel that performs a common set of tasks. Table 3-6 lists
the groups that are available.

Table 3-6 Password Assignments for Diebold Terminals


Group Default
Numbers Password Description
0 000000 Select Group 0 to assign a password to the Terminal Manager Group allowing
access to all the operations.
1 through 6 No default Select Groups 1 through 6 to assign passwords to the Operator Groups that are

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 324 of 535

assigned various operations. Passwords for Groups 1 through 6 must be six digits
in length.
CAS Group No default Select CAS (Groups 1 through 6) to assign passwords to the Operator Groups that
are assigned various operations. Passwords for Groups 1 through 6 must be six (6)
digits in length.

Group 0
Only the Terminal Manager Group (Group 0) has access to all the operations. The terminal permanently assigns
all operations to the Terminal Manager group. No operations can be added to, or deleted from, the Terminal
Manager group. The Terminal Manager can assign any of the operations (except the Manager operation) to
Groups 1 through 6 and CAS (Continuous Availability) Group.

Group Assignments
Initially, the Terminal Manager reviews all the operations and decides which operations to assign to Groups 1
through 6 and CAS Group. Groups 1 through 6 have a default set of operations preassigned to it. The Terminal
Manager then uses the Operator Permissions operation to change the operations assigned to each group and the
CAS Group.

Password Assignments
The information described in Table 3-7 should be reviewed by the Terminal Manager before proceeding with
Password assignments.

Table 3-7 Password Assignments Checklist


Entry Passwords must be 6-digit decimal integers.
requirement
Delete default When you first install the Agilis software, a default password of 000000 is automatically
manager assigned to the Terminal Manager Group. During installation, the Terminal Manager selects a
password unique six-digit password and assigns this password to the Terminal Manager Group (Group
0). The Manager then changes the default manager password (000000). The default password
remains active until changed.
Password Each Operator must have a unique password so that individual Operators can be identified to
Security the network. Operators must keep their passwords secure.
Manager More than one password can be assigned to the Terminal Manager Group. However, giving a
password Manager password (or default password) to anyone other than a Terminal Manager allows that
person to access all the operations. This practice is not recommended because certain
procedures should be performed only by a Terminal Manager.
Group password The same password cannot be assigned to more than one group. In addition, no password can
limitations be assigned to more than one person.

The Terminal Manager can assign up to eight passwords to each group. The manager can add
passwords to, or delete passwords from, a group at any time. The Terminal Manager uses the
Operator passwords operation to assign passwords to the groups.

The last password in Group 0 cannot be edited or deleted until another password is created.

Password Entry
If your password is not validated by the terminal, the password entry screen reappears. You can re-enter your
password. However, if the terminal does not validate the password, after several attempts, you will be returned to
the Agilis Log on screen and you will need to contact your Administrative Manager to obtain the correct log on ID
and password. In addition, you cannot delete the last password in Group 0.

Using the Settings Operations


The Terminal Manager uses the Settings operations and is only available to Group 0.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 325 of 535

The Settings menu allows you to configure the Agilis Basic/Advanced Maintenance software for a specific
installation. The configuration process consists of the following tasks:

Assigning personal passwords to individuals within Operator groups.


Assigning and deleting operations to and from each group.
Setting up the sequences available to each group.

8.1 Operator Passwords

The Operator passwords operation allows you to review and modify Operator password assignments. You can
assign for each Operator group up to eight unique six-digit passwords. You can have up to eight Operator groups
with a maximum of eight Operators for each Operator group.

NOTE

Failing to change the initial terminal and/or operator password when setting up passwords for the first
time, will present significant risks for which Diebold will not be responsible. Change the preassigned
password as soon as possible.

The number of Operators for Continuous Availability is not limited. Continuous Availability Operators do not
require a password to execute menu items on the Continuous Availability page.

The Terminal Manager can use the Sequence Editor to configure the Agilis software so that a password is
required.

NOTE

The Continuous Availability and Sequence Editor are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Perform the following steps to run the Operator Passwords operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Settings and press Next.

2. Select Operator Passwords and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 326 of 535

The Operator Groups contain two screens.

3. Select an Operator Group. The following screen displays if you selected Group 2.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 327 of 535

4. Highlight one of the passwords (Password 1 in this example), and then select Next. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 328 of 535

Navigation options:

Select Delete Password to delete current password.


Use the Backspace button to delete each key entry so you can re-enter data.
5. Enter a six-digit password. Select OK to save the password or Cancel to cancel the new password. The
screen displays with the new password settings.

8.2 Operator Permissions

Use the Operator Permissions operation to modify and review the operations assigned to Operator Groups.

Perform the following steps to run the Operator Permissions operation.

1. Select Settings and press Next.

2. Select Operator Permissions and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 329 of 535

3. Select the Group where you want to assign operations. For example, if you select Group 1, the screen
below appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 330 of 535

Navigation options:

A default set of operations is set for each Group.


A check mark indicates that the operation is selected for the Group, as shown above.
Pressing the Select key selects or deselects the highlighted operation.
4. After selecting the operations, select the Next button. If any changes were made, the following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 331 of 535

5. Press Ok to confirm changes. You are returned to the Settings menu.

8.3 Edit Transaction Counter

The Edit Transaction Counter operation allows you to set the terminal transaction count and then stores the
number of Consumer Request Messages sent by the terminal.

Perform the following steps to run the Edit Transaction Counter operation.

1. Select the Settings operation from the main menu and press Next.

2. Select the Transaction Counter option. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 332 of 535

The Backspace button deletes each key entry so you can correct and re-enter data.

3. Enter the transaction count and select Ok, or select Cancel to cancel the entry. You are returned to the
Main Menu.

8.4 Device Adjustments

The Device Adjustments operation allows you to make adjustments to selected devices that are currently
installed and configured on the terminal.

Perform the following steps to use the Device Adjustments operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Settings operation and press Next.

2. Select the Device Adjustments option and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 333 of 535

The Device Adjustments are described in the following sections:

Section 8.4.1, Adjust Beeper


Section 8.4.2, Adjust Media Player
Section 8.4.3, Adjust Voice Guidance

8.4.1 Adjust Beeper

The Adjust Beeper operation allows you to modify the settings for the Beeper's volume.

Perform the following steps to use the Adjust Beeper operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments Menu, select the Adjust Beeper option.

2. If you are at a front-load terminal, you will go directly to the Adjust Beeper screen. Switching monitor is
only required if an operation should be done in front of ATM when Maintenance is being used at the rear
monitor. If the switching monitor is performed, the screen shown below displays on the front monitor.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 334 of 535

3. Select Yes to switch the monitor or select the No button to return to the Adjust Beeper screen.

If you selected the Yes button, the following password screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 335 of 535

4. Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. If you select Cancel, you will return to the
previous menu and the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor.

5. If you entered a wrong password, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 336 of 535

6. Select Ok and enter the password again. The following Adjust Beeper screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 337 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the increase/decrease buttons (Up and Down arrow buttons) on the screen to adjust the
volume.
The buttons on the left will increment or decrement the sound by 10 (Up or Down) each time you
click on it. The buttons on the right will increment or decrement the sound by 1 (Up or Down).
Select the Done button when you are finished with adjustments.
7. To change the volume, click a button and the beeper produces a sound.

8. After selecting Done, you are returned to the previous menu.

In a rear-load terminal, if you have finished the switching monitor operation, the Maintenance screen
displays on the rear monitor.

8.4.2 Adjust Media Player

The Adjust Media Player operation allows you to adjust volume in increments for the Media Player.

NOTE

The Media player operation is only available for the Consumer display.

Perform the following steps to run the Adjust Media Player operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments menu, select the Adjust Media Player operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 338 of 535

2. If you are at a front-load terminal, you will go directly to the Adjust Media Player screen. Switching monitor
is only required if an operation should be done in front of ATM when Maintenance is being used at the rear
monitor. If the switching monitor is performed, the screen shown below displays on the front monitor.

3. If you entered a wrong password, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 339 of 535

4. Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. You will return to the previous menu and
the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor.

5. Select Ok and enter the password again and the following Adjust media player volume screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 340 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the increase/decrease buttons (Up and Down arrow buttons) on the screen to adjust the
volume. The media player is playing and when you click the buttons the sound updates in real time.
The buttons on the left will increment or decrement the sound by 10 (Up or Down) each time you
click on it. The buttons on the right will increment or decrement the volume by 1 (Up or Down).
Select the Done button when you are finished with adjustments.
6. Select Done and you will return to the Maintenance Menu.

In a rear-load terminal, if you have finished the switching monitor operation, the Maintenance screen
displays on the rear monitor.

8.4.3 Adjust Voice Guidance

The Adjust Voice Guidance feature allows your terminal the ability to annunciate voice messages that are
coordinated with the text messages shown on the consumer display during a transaction. This feature is intended
primarily for voice prompting and voice assist applications; for example, to aid a visually impaired consumer.

NOTE

The Adjust Voice Guidance operation is available on the Operator and Consumer displays.

Before using the Adjust Voice Guidance operation, you must be sure the feature has been enabled in ACU. For
more information on Voice Guidance (TTS) options in ACU for Diebold terminals, refer to the Agilis EmPower
Maintenance Installation Guide (TP-821400-001C or later). For all other terminals, refer to your applicable
terminal operating guide(s).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 341 of 535

Perform the following steps to run the Adjust Voice Guidance operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments menu, select the Adjust Voice Guidance operation.

If you are at a front-load terminal, you will go directly to the Adjust Voice Guidance screen. Switching
monitor is only required if an operation should be done in front of ATM when Maintenance is being used at
the rear monitor. If the switching monitor is performed, the screen shown below displays on the front
monitor.

2. If you click No, you will be taken directly to the Adjust Voice Volume screen; otherwise, the following
screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 342 of 535

Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. You will return to the previous menu and
the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor.

3. Enter a correct password.

If you entered a wrong password, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 343 of 535

4. Select Ok to re-enter the correct password.

5. After entering the correct password, the following Adjust voice guidance volume screen displays, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 344 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the increase/decrease buttons (Up or Down arrow buttons) on the screen to adjust the Voice
Guidance volume. The volume will sound when you click the buttons; the sound updates after
restarting.
The buttons on the left will increment or decrement the sound by 10 (Up or Down) each time you
click on them. The buttons on the right will increment or decrement the volume by 1 (Up or Down).
Select the Done button when you are finished with adjustments.
6. After selecting Done, you are returned to the previous menu. In a rear-load terminal, if you have finished
the switching monitor operation, the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor.

Chapter 3, Section 9
Tools
The following sections describe the functions available using the Tools operations (Figure 3-9):

Section 9.1, Other Applications


Section 9.2, Back-tracing
Section 9.3, View Consumer Screen
Section 9.4, Encryption Keys

Figure 3-9 Tools Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 345 of 535

9.1 Other Applications

The Other Applications operation allows you to access additional applications that you assign when configuring
the terminal.

Perform the following steps to access the Other Applications operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Tools then press Next.

2. Select Other Applications and press Next. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 346 of 535

3. Using the Up and Down buttons, select the desired application to run. This menu is preconfigured using
the ACU. Therefore, your menu may look different.

Use the Cancel button to return to the previous menu.

4. To run the application which is highlighted, press the Next button. The following screen displays.

NOTE

If any parameters have been previously configured for the desired application, they will be called
when running the application.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 347 of 535

NOTE

Please notice that the selected application's window is always displayed at the terminal's main
monitor (configured at the Operating System). So, in a rear-load terminal, where the main monitor is
the front one, the application's window will be displayed at the front monitor.

Use the Back button to return to the first step or select Ok to return to the previous menu.

5. If an error occurred after starting the application, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 348 of 535

Use the Back button to return to the previous step or select Ok to return to the previous menu.

9.2 Back-tracing

The Agilis Back-tracing application, designed for the BNA but also used for other Currency Acceptor devices,
allows an Operator to trace a Euro bank note back to its transaction of origin (for example, if a bank note is found
to be counterfeit) to identify the Consumer who deposited the note.

Once the Currency Acceptor is installed and configured, the device scans every bank note signature and stores
them in a database. The Back-tracing application allows an Operator to generate a series of bank note
signatures, or fingerprints, which can be compared with prior transactions to locate a consumer's signature. An
application layer compares each signature to a database of transaction signatures. If a signature match is found,
a copy of the transaction data can then be printed (on the printer of choice).

NOTE

The Back-tracing menu option is available only when the back-tracing handling is enabled for the
Currency Acceptor device

NOTE

The Currency Acceptor device does not support back-tracing of non-Euro notes.

NOTE

If the acceptor part of a device is in an error condition, the back-tracing operation will not work.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 349 of 535

The following guidelines provide instruction for properly scanning a bank note with a Currency Acceptor device.

Face up (front)/down (back)


If the note is face up, the application considers it "front". If the note is face down, the application considers it
"reverse".

Upright/upside down
If the note is entered upside down, the application considers it "upright". If the note is entered upright, the
application considers it "upside down".

Perform the following steps to access the Back-tracing operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Tools and press Next.

2. Select Back-tracing and press Next. The following screen displays.

3. Select Ok when the note to be retraced is ready to be inserted.

4. Insert the note in the Currency Acceptor device. A screen will show in what position the note needs to be
reinserted.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 350 of 535

5. Insert the note in all required positions. If finding note data, a screen similar to the one below displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 351 of 535

6. Select Print to print the list of matches, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 352 of 535

7. Select Done to return to the previous menu.

9.3 View Consumer Screen

The View Consumer Screen operation allows you to obtain a snapshot of the consumer screen and display it.

Perform the following steps to use the View Consumer Screen operation

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Tools and press Next.

2. Select View Consumer Screen and press Next. The following screen displays.

A Refresh button enables the operator to renew the screen.

3. Select the Next button to return to the Tools menu.

9.4 Encryption Keys

The following sections describe the functions available using the Encryption Keys operations (Figure 3-10):

Section 9.4.1, Manage Encryption Keys


Section 9.4.2, Request Network Certificate
Section 9.4.3, Key Verification Numbers
Section 9.4.4, Set Machine Number

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 353 of 535

Figure 3-10 Encryption Keys Menu

9.4.1 Manage Encryption Keys

This section describes how to enter the DES keys manually by using the Agilis Maintenance mode software. For
additional information on DES Keys and security, refer to the Data Security Procedures and Reference Manual
(TP-799530-001E) or later.

Use the Manage Encryption Keys menu option to perform the following functions:

Section 9.4.1.1, Set DES Keys


Section 9.4.1.2, Start Remote Key Transport

9.4.1.1 Set DES Keys

This section describes how to configure the DES Keys for single or double-length keys or for restricting DES Key
entry to the front only, using an Encrypted PIN Pad (EPP).

By default, the terminal attached EPP (Encrypted PIN Pad) device is set to double-length keys. However, the EPP
device can be configured for single-length keys or, for additional security, to restrict DES key entry to the front-
load terminal only.

To change the default configuration to single-length keys, you must be logged on with Administrative rights. To
configure the EPP device to accept single-length keys, or if you want to restrict the EPP to load DES Keys from
the Front only, you will have to access the ACU (Agilis Configuration Utility). The ACU is a centralized
configuration utility for setting and changing the parameters that controls the operation of the software. Contact

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 354 of 535

your local Diebold Service Representative for information on the ACU and how to configure the DES keys and the
EPP device for encryption settings. For installation and configuration information for Diebold terminals, refer to the
Agilis EmPower Maintenance Installation Guide (TP-821400-001C or later). For all other terminals, refer to your
applicable terminal operating guide(s).

Perform the following steps to use the Set DES Keys operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Tools.

2. Select the Encryption Keys menu option and press Next.

3. Select Manage Encryption Keys, then pressNext.

4. Select Set DES Keys and press Next.

NOTE

The safe door must be open to enter keys or the following error message screen displays.

5. If there is any error in the EPP device, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 355 of 535

6. Open the safe door and then select the Next button to set the DES keys again. Selecting the Cancel
option returns you to the previous menu.

7. After selecting the Set A Key option, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 356 of 535

Table 3-8 below describes these fields.

Table 3-8 GUI Set A Key Screen Field Descriptions


Screen
Information Designation Description
Key A DES Key entry Allows you to enter the keys. You can use the Backspace button for
(or Key B) corrections. Enter the DES keys from the numeric keys on the
keypad by following your institution's procedures. You can have
more than one operator enter the DES keys.
You have You have entered X is the part you are entering and Y is the number of parts that you
entered 0 of 2 X of Y key parts have loaded on the EPP.
parts
Cumulative A Cumulative 'A' The verification number of the XOR of the parts that you have
Key Verification Key Verification entered so far.
Number.... Number
Entered A Entered 'A' The verification number of the key that you just entered in the DES
Key Verification Key Verification key entry field.
Number.... Number
Current A Current 'A' The verification number of the key currently stored in system
Key Verification Key Verification memory. If no key exists, four dashes appear.
Number.... Number
8. Press the Hex shift key and select keys 1 through 6 to enter the letters A through F for each character
you enter. Repeat this if more than one character was entered.

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 357 of 535

By default, numbers are selected from the keypad.

To enter letters on the keypad, press the Hex shift button, release it, then select the corresponding
character on the keypad that you want to enter. After you enter the character, the keypad defaults back to
numeric.

Use the Backspace button to correct a mistake. Continue entering all the key digits.

Because the actual key values are masked, they are never displayed. However, the verification numbers
are uniquely derived from key values. You use these values to ensure that the key value was properly
entered.

Use the Next button to set the key part that you have entered. This button becomes available when you
have entered all the key digits. If you Cancel the operation, the DES Key will be invalid and you can start
over again.

9. After entering all key digits for the first key part, the following screen displays.

The Next button is now enabled after entering all the key digits. The Next button will be used to store the
first key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number has now been updated.

10. Press the Cancel button to cancel the loading key operation.

Confirm the entered A key verification number and press Next button and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 358 of 535

In this screen, the Next button has been disabled. The number of entered key parts has been updated.

11. After entering all the key digits of the second key part, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 359 of 535

In this screen, the Next button has been enabled after entering all the key digits. The Next button will be
used to store the second key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number has been updated.

12. Press the Cancel button to cancel the loading key operation.

13. Confirm the entered A key verification number by pressing the Next button. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 360 of 535

The Cancel, Backspace, and Hex Shift buttons have been disabled. Only the Next button was enabled to
finish the loading key operation. The number of entered key parts is now updated.

14. Press Next button to finish the load key operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 361 of 535

In the above screen, the Back button has been disabled. Only the Done button can be used to finish the
loading key operation.

NOTE

If any errors have occurred while setting a key part, an error screen will be displayed as below:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 362 of 535

Double DES Keys / Load DES keys in Secure Mode

This section describes how to Load the DES keys with the Double DES keys and load DES key in Secure Mode
option, if an EPP is installed and configured.

1. Select the DES keys menu option and then Set DES keys. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 363 of 535

NOTE

Only Set A Key will be available if an VISA or PCI EPP is being used.

2. Select the Next button to go to the DES keys entry screen.

Universal EPP

After selecting the Set A Key or Set B Key option, you must perform the switching monitor operation, if
Maintenance is being used at the rear monitor.

VISA EPP or PCI EPP

The switching monitor operation will be required to Set A Key only if Maintenance is being used at the rear
monitor. Switching monitor is only required if an operation should be done in front of ATM when
Maintenance is being used at the rear monitor. If the switching monitor is performed, the screen shown
below displays on the front monitor.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 364 of 535

3. Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. You are returned to the Maintenance
Menu and the Maintenance screen displays on the rear monitor.

If you have entered a wrong password, an error screen displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 365 of 535

Select Next button and try entering the password again.

4. Press the Next button to enter in the Set A Key operation.

If there is any error in the EPP device, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 366 of 535

NOTE

The safe door must be open to enter keys or the following error message displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 367 of 535

5. Open the safe door and then select the Next button to set the DES keys again. Selecting the Cancel
option returns you to the Maintenance mode menu.

NOTE

For Visa or PCI device: Only the A key is available to be loaded.

For Universal device: The entire key is loaded as clear keys.

6. After selecting the Set A Key option, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 368 of 535

Table 3-9 describes these fields.

Table 3-9 Set A Key/B Key Screen Field Descriptions


Screen
Information Designation Description
Key A DES Key entry Allows you to enter the keys. You can use the Backspace button
(or Key B) for corrections. Enter the DES keys from the numeric keys on the
keypad by following your institution's procedures. You can have
more than one operator enter the DES keys.
You have entered You have entered X is the part you are entering and Y is the number of parts that
0 of 2 parts X of Y key parts you have loaded on the EPP.
Cumulative A Key Cumulative 'A' Key The verification number of the XOR of the parts that you have
Verification Verification entered so far.
Number.... Number
Entered A Key Entered 'A' Key The verification number of the key that you just entered in the
Verification Verification DES key entry field.
Number.... Number
Current A Key Current 'A' Key The verification number of the key currently stored in system
Verification Verification memory. If no key exists, four dashes appear.
Number.... Number

The Cancel, Clear and Backspace FDKeys will be displayed in the secure key entry screen depending on
the ATM vendor. While entering key digits, notice that these FDKeys are buttons that do not accept mouse
click, as the key data to be entered in secure mode goes directly to the EPP.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 369 of 535

The actual key values are masked and are never displayed. However, the verification numbers are
uniquely derived from key values. Use these values to ensure that the key value was properly entered.

Use the Next button for setting the key part that you have entered. This button is available when you have
entered all the key digits. If you Cancel the operation, the DES Key will be invalid and you can start over.

7. Select the Cancel button to cancel the operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 370 of 535

8. Select the Done button to exit without sending the information.

9. Select the Back button to return to the load DES Keys screen

NOTE

If you cancel the operation, the DES Keys will be invalid.

10. After entering all the key digits of the first key part, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 371 of 535

After entering all the key digits, the Next button becomes available (enabled). Use the Next button to store
the first key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number has been updated.

11. Press the Cancel button to cancel the loading key operation. Confirm the entered A key verification
number and press the Next and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 372 of 535

The Next and Cancel buttons are disabled. The number of entered key parts are updated.

12. After entering all the key digits for the second key part, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 373 of 535

After entering all the key digits, the Next button becomes available (enabled) and will be used to store the
second key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number has been updated, as well.

13. Press the Cancel button to cancel the loading key operation. Confirm the entered A key verification
number by pressing the Next button. The following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 374 of 535

14. Press Next button to go to the confirmation screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 375 of 535

15. Press the Done button to finish the load key operation.

NOTE

If any errors have been occurred while setting a key part, an error screen will be displayed as
below:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 376 of 535

Entering Letters and Numbers Using the Lower-Left EPP Key

The lower-left EPP key allows you to enter the letters A through F. Select this key and then select keys 1 through
6 to enter the letters A through F. By default, numbers are selected on the keypad.To perform this function, enter
the letters on the keypad, as follows:

Press and release the LOWER-LEFT EPP KEY.


Press one of the following keys for each letter to be entered:
1 for A
2 for B
3 for C
4 for D
5 for E
6 for F

Keys to Use
If you make a mistake, use the Clear function key on the EPP. Once you enter the 32nd digit, the new verification
number displays on the screen. You cannot modify the key at this point, without re-entering the entire key.

Lower-left Function Key


The lower-left function key allows you to enter letters A through F. Select the lower-left function key and then keys
1 through 6 to enter letters A through F. By default, numbers are selected on the EPP keypad.

Lower-left EPP Key

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 377 of 535

To enter letters, press and release the lower-left EPP key and then press one of the keys, 1 through 6.

9.4.1.2 Start Remote Key Transport

Selecting the Start Remote Key Transport option from the DES Keys menu results in the Terminal sending an
unsolicited status message to the network with a status indicating Start Remote Key Transport and a buffer
containing a random number. The network can choose to ignore the status or respond by sending a Remote Key
Transport message. There is no designated time frame for the Network's response.

The Start Remote Key Transport feature uses RSA public key cryptography to transport a DES key from the
Network to the ATM terminal.

The Start Remote Key Transport menu option is used to request that the network sends a Remote Key
Transport message.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following procedure to use the Start Remote Key Transport operation:

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Tools and press Next.

2. Select Manage Encryption Keys and press Next.

3. Select Start Remote Key Transport and press Next. A dialog box flashes on the screen, while the
unsolicited EP01 :3F:40:1E status with a buffer containing a random number is sent, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 378 of 535

9.4.2 Request Network Certificate

The Request Network Certificate menu option is used to request the network's certificate so that it can be
validated and stored within the EPP4.

The Terminal sends an Unsolicited Status message to the Network Host with a status indicating that Network
certificate is required. The Network can choose to ignore the status or respond with its certificate. There is no
designated time frame for the Network's response.

Certificates are digital statements binding a public key to an individual or entity. They are issued by a trusted third
party Certificate Authority (CA) and are used to authenticate that a public key belongs to a particular entity. The
Network Certificate is used to authenticate the Network to the ATM terminal, thus ensuring that the ATM terminal
is securely communicating with the proper Network. When the EPP4 receives the Network's certificate, it checks it
by verifying the Certificate Authority's signature and then stores it.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following steps to run the Request Network Certificate operation.

1. Select Tools from the Maintenance Menu and press Next.

2. Select Request Network Certificate and press Next. A dialog box immediately flashes on the screen,
while the unsolicited EP01:3F:40:81 status is transmitting, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 379 of 535

9.4.3 Key Verification Numbers

The Key Verification Numbers operation allows the terminal's four-digit verification number to be viewed for
each of the DES keys and the first six digits of the machine number.

Perform the following steps to run the Key Verification Numbers operation.

1. From the Tools menu, select the Key Verification Numbers operation and press Next. The following
example screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 380 of 535

The screen above displays the terminal's four-digit verification number for each of the DES keys and the
first eight digits of the machine number to the screen. If a key is not loaded in the EPP, the screen above
displays four dashes for that key verification number. If any errors have been occurred while getting the
verification number for a key that is loaded in the EPP, the “ERROR" code is displayed for each key
verification number, as below:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 381 of 535

2. Finish reviewing the verification numbers.

3. Select Done to return to the previous menu.

4. Select Print to choose the printer to print the Key Numbers, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 382 of 535

5. Select a printer to print from and press Next. Your terminal must have the printer installed and pre-
configured before it will appear on this menu. The following screen shows the Wait screen as it prints to the
Journal printer.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 383 of 535

After printing, the screen returns to the previous menu.

9.4.4 Set Machine Number

The machine number is a 6-digit numeric-only field.

NOTE

You cannot enter Hex data in this field.

Perform the following steps to use the Set Machine Number operation.

1. From the Tools menu, select Set Machine Number and press Next. Refer to the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 384 of 535

The screen contains the machine number entry field that allows the operator to enter the machine number.

2. You can use the Backspace button for corrections. Then, select Ok to store the data in the system
memory.

3. Select Cancel to exit from this screen without sending the information.

If you have not entered all machine number digits, an error message appears under the number entry field,
as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 385 of 535

4. Enter the correct information and select Ok.

Chapter 3, Section 10
Exit
The Exit operation tests the devices and, when the tests are finished, returns you to the Home screen. If some
tests have failed, a list of these failures are displayed on the screen.

NOTE

Agilis Maintenance does not support Exit via Operator Switch. The DisableSupervisorExitBySwitch
configuration must be set to TRUE.

Perform the following steps to use the Exit operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Exit button. All attached devices that have been configured for the
terminal will be tested. A self-test screen displays for each device, as shown in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11 Exit Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 386 of 535

If an error occurs because the device is not working properly or fails in some way during the test, the
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 387 of 535

2. Select Retry after correcting the fault, or select Skip to cancel the self-test.

During the device testing, if a device is in use, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 388 of 535

After the device has finished its task, it can then be tested.

Chapter 4
TTU Maintenance

Chapter 4, Section 1
TTU Maintenance Navigation
The Maintenance mode screen for the TTU is a low-resolution monitor or hand-held device capable of displaying
a 16x32 or 12x40 (row by number of characters) screen. The Maintenance Menu options display in text format
without graphics. There is no mouse with the TTU device.

TTU is the interface defined by the XFS 3.x standard for providing a Maintenance interface for Agilis XFS-based
applications. Since the TTU is always presented on a rear-load ATM, how TTU is presented depends on the
operating system that the customer is running and TTU dimension configured.

The 16 x 32 TTU is a 16 rows by 32 characters on a hand-held device for rear-load terminals. It uses a second
video adapter installed in the ATM, which allows information to display on both the front and the rear screen
(TTU).

The following list describes significant differences between the TTU interface and the GUI Maintenance screens:

TTU has a low-resolution display.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 389 of 535

TTU has no mouse.


Navigation selections are numeric fixed numbers, and text will appear abbreviated. For example, if you
depress the numeric 8 DOWN key, you can advance to the next screen.
NO Help screens are available.
TTU supports only the English language.
The cursor blinks to indicate where the operator is able to enter the data.

1.1 Home

The Home screen shown on the TTU interface when Agilis Maintenance initializes and displays, is the startup
screen displaying the scoreboard faults.

Figure 4-1 TTU Maintenance Home

Or, if no faults are found, Maintenance TTU Home screen displays the following screen.

By pressing the navigation option 8 (8 Down), the operator will see more faults.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 390 of 535

Select the navigation option 8 (8 Down) and the following screen displays, showing the Home menu with menu
options for Logon and Options.

Below the Home screen title is displayed the system indicators. The following system indicators are provided:

Indicator Description
Communication Line Status Online / Offline
Mode Maintenance / CAS / Monitoring
Application Usage In Use / Not In Use
System Status ATM IS OK [1] / ATM IS IN SERVICE [2] / ATM IS OUT OF SERVICE [3]
[1] In service without any fault conditions.
[2] In service, but with fault conditions displayed in the Scoreboard.
[3] Out of service.

NOTE

If the terminal is locked, the Logon option does not appear, as shown in the example screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 391 of 535

1.2 Navigating the TTU Interface

The Agilis software for the TTU provides a full menu display using text only. You can perform maintenance
procedures while the terminal is In Service or Out of Service to the customer. However, performing these
procedures while the terminal is In Service is a feature that is part of Continuous Availability, available in
Advanced Maintenance only.

The TTU screen interface uses the numbers 1 through 9 and 0 (zero) on its interface keypad to navigate through
menu items on the screen.

The Enter key is used to accept data entry information from the keypad. The Del key is used to delete entered
data.

The numbers to the left of the menu options are action items that will take you to that menu or operation on the
TTU interface. To choose the menu item 12, type the 1 and the 2 numbers on the keypad. (It is not necessary to
press any other key to initiate your numeric selection), and you will be immediately moved to that selection. The
following menu displays an actual menu screen for these items.

Navigation options:

To select the Version Info option on the menu, type 10. It is not necessary to press the Enter key to initiate
your numeric selection.
To select the Summary option on the menu, type 11.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 392 of 535

If the number 7 appears at the bottom of the screen, it represents moving Up or to a previous screen
(multiple screens for 1 option chosen).
If the number 8 appears at the bottom of the screen, it represents Down or move to the next screen,
because there may be more screens to the function or operation.
If the number 9 appears at the bottom of the screen, it represents Cancel (cancels current operation) and
sometimes Back (return to previous screen).

Chapter 4, Section 2
TTU Maintenance Home Operations
To enter the Agilis Maintenance main menu, a user must be validated for specific access. If validated as an
administrator, you will have full access to all screens and features. However, limited user access will not have full
access to the same features and screens as the administrator.

2.1 Logon

The following two options are available, as shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2 TTU Maintenance Logon

2.1.1 Maintenance/Continuous Availability Mode

Perform the following steps to access Maintenance Mode or Continuous Availability on the TTU device.

1. After selecting Maintenance Mode, the following six-digit password screen displays on the TTU.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 393 of 535

Typing the 10 key (1 and 0) places your cursor within the brackets, so you can enter your password. Each
character you enter is masked with an asterisk (*) for security purposes and is either validated or rejected
by the system.

NOTE

If a consumer is currently logged in Application, Maintenance won't be able to logon, and a waiting
message (which can be cancelled leading Maintenance back to home) will be displayed till
Application is no longer “In Use".

2. After entering and validating your password at the terminal, the following menu appears on the TTU.

If your password entry is NOT validated by the terminal, you will be returned to the previous screen to re-
enter your password. If you have begun to enter the password, and you need to change it, use the
backspace (Del) key within the brackets to erase and re-enter your password. If the password is validated
by the terminal, you will be taken to the Maintenance mode screen.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support Continuous Availability. This functionality must remain turned off while
running with Agilis NDx.

2.1.2 Continuous Availability Mode (Advanced Maintenance ONLY)

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 394 of 535

Select Continuous Availability on the first screen to access the Agilis Advanced Maintenance in Continuous
Availability Mode. Follow the steps in the previous section.

2.2 Options

When selecting Options from the Home screen, the following items are available, as shown below.

Figure 4-3 TTU Options

2.2.1 Shutdown

There are three (3) options for exiting the Maintenance Software within the Agilis Maintenance application on the
TTU:

Section 2.2.1.1, System Shutdown to shutdown the system


Section 2.2.1.2, System Restart to restart the system
Section 2.2.1.3, Logoff to logoff the system

2.2.1.1 Shutdown system

Perform the following steps to use the Shutdown operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen. The following menu appears.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 395 of 535

2. Select the Shutdown option.

3. Type 10 (10 System Shutdown) and the following screen displays.

4. Type 10 (10 Ok) to confirm the Shutdown system operation, or 11 (11 Cancel) to return to the Home
screen. If you typed 10, the following window displays.

5. Type 10 and then enter your password. Then, type 11 (11 Next). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 396 of 535

6. The System Shutdown process begins.

2.2.1.2 System Restart

Perform the following steps to use the System Restart operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen. The following screen displays.

2. Select the System Restart option. The following screen displays.

3. Type 10 (10 Ok) and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 397 of 535

Type 10 (10 Ok) and then enter your password. Then, type 11 (11 Next) to begin the restart process.

4. The System Restart process begins.

2.2.1.3 Log off

Perform the following steps to use the Log off operation.

1. Select Options from the Home screen. The following screen displays.

2. Select the Log off option and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 398 of 535

3. Type 10 (10 Ok) to confirm the Log off operation or type 11 (11 Cancel) to return to Home screen. If you
typed 10, the following screen displays.

4. Type 10 (10 Ok) and then enter your password. Type 11 (11 Next) to confirm the Log off operation, the
following screen displays.

5. The System Log off process begins.

2.2.2 Help

The following options are available on the Help menu, as shown in the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 399 of 535

2.2.2.1 Product Information

Select Product Information to view revision information for all installed products of the Agilis Maintenance
Software you are running on your system.

Perform the following steps to use the Product Information option.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select Help or from the home screen, type 11 (11 Options), then type 11 (11
Help) and 10 (10 Product Information). Refer to the following screen.

2. Type 9 (9 Ok) and you are returned to the Help menu.

3. Use 7 Up and 8 Down options to navigate in the list.

2.2.2.2 Product Licenses

Select Product Licenses to view the EULA (End User License Agreement).

Perform the following steps to use the Product Licenses option.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, type Help option.

2. Or, from the Home screen, type 11 (11 Options) then type 11 (11 Help) and again, type 11 (11 Product
Licenses). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 400 of 535

End User License Agreement

If you had selected the End User License Agreement, the following screen will appear:

a. Type 9 (9 Ok) to return to the Help Menu.

b. Use 7 Up and 8 Down options to scroll the text.

2.3 Scoreboard

Included on the Scoreboard is a list of Current Conditions, as shown in the following TTU startup screen, which
can include fault and non-fault statuses (Figure 4-4).

Figure 4-4 TTU Scoreboard

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 401 of 535

Use the Up and Down options to navigate through the list. Type 9 (9 Back) to return to the Home screen.

Chapter 5
TTU Maintenance Operations

Chapter 5, Section 1
TTU Maintenance Menu
Once the user logs in successfully, the TTU Maintenance main menu appears (Figure 5-1).

Figure 5-1 TTU Maintenance Menu

Points to Remember

Depending on the user permissions, some options may not appear on the menu.
If they appear, type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down), to view additional options on the screen.

Printing: Journal Printer and Electronic Journal


When data needs to be printed, a screen like the next one will be displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 402 of 535

The printers listed must be installed and pre-configured for the terminal.

When Journal is one of the options, it can be either the Journal printer or the Electronic Journal. Agilis
Maintenance will not show both options and the data will be sent to the Journal component (Printer or Electronic
Journal) which was pre-configured.

If an error occurs with the printer device, a printer error screen will be showed.

Chapter 5, Section 2
Replenish Devices
Use the Replenish Devices menu option to perform the following functions (Figure 5-2):

Replenishing printer paper and ribbon supplies


Replenishing cash supplies

Figure 5-2 TTU Replenish Devices Menu

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 403 of 535

The devices appearing on this menu will depend on whether you have those devices attached and pre-
configured for your terminal. Not all devices in the menu will be applicable to your terminal.

Supply Operations for Cash Processing (Opteva® Terminals ONLY)


For more information on the available Supply menu selections for each cash processing configuration on Diebold
Opteva ® terminals only, refer to Appendix A, Table A-1.

Support for BCRM Multiple Acceptance Box (MAB)


The MAB is an optional replacement cassette for the Universal Accept cassette. It has three separate
compartments or stackers, which allow keeping notes in separate locations based on the Note Type and cash-in
Operation. These three compartments or stackers are emulated as the cassette zero in all supply operations.

Perform the following steps to use the Replenish Devices menu.

1. From the Maintenance TTU main menu, type 10 (10 Replenish Devices).

2. The following menu options are available:

Section 2.1, Receipt Printer


Section 2.2, Card Reader
Section 2.3, Cash Dispenser
Section 2.4, Coin Dispenser
Section 2.5, Check Reader
Section 2.6, Electronic Journal
Section 2.7, Journal Printer
Section 2.8, Depositor
Section 2.9, Currency Acceptor
Section 2.10, Statement Printer (if applicable)
Section 2.11, Passbook Printer (if applicable)
Section 2.12, After Hour Depository

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the operation Cash Dispenser (2) will also be available.
Through this operation, the same actions for Cash Dispenser (described in Section 2.2) can be used for
Secondary Cash Dispenser.

2.1 Receipt Printer

The Receipt Printer operation on the Replenish Devices menu displays instructions for replenishing the printer
paper and ribbon supplies. When the instructions appear, replenish the supplies, as required.

Perform the following steps to use the Receipt Printer operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices menu, type the number that matches the Receipt Printer. The following
Receipt Printer - Resupply screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 404 of 535

2. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Maintenance Menu.

3. Type 10 (10 Next) and the following screen displays momentarily, then return to the Maintenance Menu.

4. Type 12 (12 Help) and the following instructions topics screen displays.

Navigation options:

Type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down) to see more topics. Enter the option number to see the tasks.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 405 of 535

Type 9 (9 Next) to exit the instructions screen and return to the Receipt Printer Resupply Menu
screen.
5. The following screen shows an example of an instruction topic.

6. Type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down) to scroll up or down the screen.

7. After the last task, type 8 (8 Down) to return to the instructions screen.

2.2 Card Reader

The Card Reader operation displays instructions for servicing the Card Reader. When the instructions appear,
you can service the device.

The Card Reader operation on the Replenish Devices menu displays the following options:

Retrieve Cards
Clean Card Reader

NOTE

Those options are not enabled in CAS mode.

Perform the following steps to access the Card Reader operations

1. Type the numbered selection for Replenish Devices option on the Maintenance Menu.

2. Type the corresponding number for the Card Reader device (you may have to select the Page Down
button to access this selection). The following screen displays the Card Reader Menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 406 of 535

3. The following sections describe the options on this menu:

a. Section 2.2.1, Retrieve Cards

b. Section 2.2.2, Clean Card Reader

2.2.1 Retrieve Cards

Perform the following steps to run the Retrieve Cards operations.

1. From the Card Reader Menu, select Retrieve Cards option. The following screen displays:

2. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Card Reader Menu.

3. Remove any retained cards and service the device, then type 10 (10 Next).

The counts are printed first and then they are cleared. If they cannot be printed, they are not cleared. By
default, the counts are first printed to the Journal printer.

4. Type 12 (12 Help) to see the Help instruction(s) topics.

2.2.2 Clean Card Reader

The Clean Card Reader operation allows you to service the Card Reader by inserting a special cleaning card at
the front of the terminal. This enables the Card Reader, even though the terminal is Out Of Service. The indicators

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 407 of 535

start flashing.

To use the Clean Card Reader operation, from the Card Reader Menu, select the Clean Card Reader option.
The following screen displays:

Go to the front monitor and perform the Clear Card Reader operation in GUI mode. Refer to the GUI Maintenance
Operations section in this manual for further details regarding this operation in GUI mode. After finishing the
operation in GUI mode, you will return to the Maintenance menu on TTU.

2.3 Cash Dispenser

The Cash Dispenser operation allows you to service the Dispenser by one of the following options:

Add bills
Empty divert cassette
Exchange cassettes
Empty retract cassette
Empty cassette zero

NOTE

If a recycler compound, configured to dispense bills, is enabled at the ATM, neither the “Empty divert
cassette" nor the “Empty retract cassette" options will be available.

The cash replenishment on Add Bills or on Exchange Cassettes can be done in two different configurations:
either set by the number of notes or by the cash amount. This configuration is set on ACU at Agilis Maintenance
Configuration, with the option "Cash Replenishment Configuration".

Perform the following steps to access the Cash Dispenser operation:

1. Type the corresponding number for Replenish Devices option from the Maintenance Menu.

2. Type the corresponding number for the Cash Dispenser device (you may have to select the Page Down
button to access this selection). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 408 of 535

3. The following sections describe the options on this menu:

Section 2.3.1, Add Bills


Section 2.3.2, Exchange Cassettes
Section 2.3.3, Empty Divert Cassette
Section 2.3.4, Empty Retract Cassette

2.3.1 Add Bills

The Add Bills operation describes how to add currency to the dispenser cassettes.

Perform the following steps to use the Add Bills menu option for two configurations.

1. Select the Add Bills option. The following screen is shown for the notes number configuration.

Or, the following screen will be shown for the cash amount configuration.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 409 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not the physical ones, as usual. In this case, the
cassettes' positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units,
but the denomination Id is shown.

2. Type the corresponding number for the cassette you want to add bills to. The following screen displays.

Or the following screen displays for the cash amount:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 410 of 535

3. Type 10 to enter the number of bills or amount to be added. When finished, either type 11 to confirm the
addition, or 12 to cancel. A cassette selection screen displays with an updated value at the supply field.

Please note that the decimal places must also be supplied. For example, using the dollar currency, if you
want to add $10.00, you should enter the value [000001000] because the two last zeros represent the
cents.

NOTE

If the replenishment is configured to cash amount and the inserted cash isn't a multiple of the
cassette's denomination, an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed, as
shown in the following example screen.

EXAMPLE

A cassette with a denomination set to $5.00 and the tentative to add an amount of $1.00, generates an
error message.

4. If the entered value was updated, an Add bills Remaining/Added screen displays, showing the number of
bills you entered, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 411 of 535

Or, the following screen displays if by cash amount.

5. Select DOWN to navigate. The Add Bills Menu displays.

Select from one of the following options:

Type 10 to select DONE to finish the operation, changing the internal counters.
Type 11 to select CANCEL to cancel the adding bills operation and return to the Cash Dispenser

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 412 of 535

Replenish Menu.
Type 12 to select REFRESH to clear all cassettes entered number of bills or cash amount and
update their current state.
Type 13 to select HELP to see the Help instruction(s) topics.
6. After selecting Done (to update the cassette) from the Add Bills menu, a confirmation screen displays, as
shown below. If the deposited count is zero, the added value will replace the current amount.

7. Type 10 (10 Ok) to inform that resupply procedure has been done.

8. After the bill counts have been updated, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown
below.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.3.2 Exchange Cassettes

The Exchange Cassettes operation describes how to exchange cassettes in the Dispenser.

Perform the following steps to run the Exchange Cassettes operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 413 of 535

NOTE

The Exchange Cassettes operation will not clear the number of bills that were presented to the customer
and then retracted. It will only clear the number of bills successfully delivered to the customer. In order to
clear the number of bills that were presented to the customer and then retracted, the operations Empty
Divert Cassette and Empty Retract Cassette should be executed, or the operation Clear Counters should
be performed.

1. Select the Exchange Cassettes option. The following screen displays for the number of bills configuration.

Or, the following screen displays for the cash amount configuration.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not the physical ones, as usual. In this case, the
cassettes' positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units,
but the denomination Id is shown.

2. Type the corresponding number for the cassette you want to exchange. The following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 414 of 535

Or the following screen displays for the cash amount:

Please note that the decimal places must also be supplied. For example, using the dollar currency, if you
want to add $10.00, you should enter the value [000001000], because the two last zeros represent the
cents.

NOTE

If the replenishment is configured to cash amount and the inserted cash isn't a multiple of that
cassette's denomination, an error message will appear and the input screen will be refreshed, as
shown in the following example.

A cassette with a denomination set to $5.00, and the trial to add an amount of $1.00, generates the
following error message screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 415 of 535

3. Type 10 to enter the number of bills of the exchanged cassette. When finished, either type 11 to confirm
the exchange, or 12 to cancel. A screen displays the cassette selection with an updated value at the supply
field.

4. If the entered value was updated, an Exchange Cassettes Remaining/New Value screen displays, showing
the number of bills you entered, as shown below.

Or, the following screen displays for cash amount.

5. Select DOWN to navigate. The Exchange Cassettes Menu displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 416 of 535

Select one of the following options:

Type 10 to select DONE to finish the operation, changing the internal counters.
Type 11 to select CANCEL to cancel the cassettes exchanging operation and return to the Cash
Dispenser Replenish Menu.
Type 12 to select REFRESH to clear all cassettes entered number of bills or cash amount and
update their current state.
Type 13 to select HELP to see the Help instruction(s) topics.
6. At the Exchange Cassettes menu, if you select Done to update the cassette, a confirmation screen
displays, as shown below.

If a recycler device is present, the deposited counts will be cleared for the selected cassettes that are being
added. If the counter is zero, the added value will replace the current amount.

7. Type 10 (10 Ok) to inform that resupply procedure has been done.

After the bill counts have been updated, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 417 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.3.3 Empty Divert Cassette

The Empty Divert Cassette operation describes how to remove the contents of the divert cassette and how to
replace the empty cassette.

Perform the following steps to run the Empty Divert Cassette operation.

1. Select the Empty Divert Cassette operation. The following screen displays.

2. Type 12 Help to view the Help instruction(s) topics.

3. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Cash Dispenser Menu. Type 10 (10 Next)
and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 418 of 535

4. After the counts have cleared, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

5. After completion, the Cash Dispenser Menu screen displays.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.3.4 Empty Retract Cassette

The Empty Retract Cassette operations describes how to remove the contents of the retract cassette and how to
replace the empty cassette.

Perform the following steps to use the Empty Retract Cassette operation.

1. Select the Empty Retract Cassette operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 419 of 535

2. Type 12 to show the Help instruction topics.

3. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and the Cash Dispenser menu displays again.

4. Type 10 (10 Next) and the following screen displays:

5. After the counts have been cleared, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.
After completion, the Cash Dispenser menu displays.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 420 of 535

2.3.5 Empty Cassette Zero

The Empty Cassette Zero operation describes how to remove the contents of the cassette zero and how to
empty the divert cassette.

Perform the following steps to use the Empty Cassette Zero operation.

1. Select the Empty Cassette Zero operation. The following screen displays.

2. Type 12 (12 Help) to show the Help instruction(s) topics for the cash recycler device.

3. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Cash Dispenser Menu.

4. Type 10 (10 OK) to empty the cassette zero. The following screen displays.

5. After the counts have been cleared, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 421 of 535

6. After completion, the Cash Dispenser menu displays.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the cassettes' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.4 Coin Dispenser

The Coin Dispenser operation allows you to service the Coin Dispenser by one of the following options:

Section 2.4.1, Add Coins


Section 2.4.2, Exchange Hoppers
Section 2.4.3, Dump Coins

The cash replenishment, on Add Coins or on Exchange Hoppers, can be done using two different
configurations: either set by the number of coins or by the cash amount. This configuration is set on ACU at Agilis
Maintenance Configuration, with the option "Cash Replenishment Configuration". For installation and
configuration information for Diebold terminals, refer to the Agilis EmPower Maintenance Installation Guide (TP-
821400-001C or later). For all other terminals, refer to your applicable terminal operating guide(s).

Perform the following steps to access the Coin Dispenser operations.

1. Type the corresponding number for the Coin Dispenser device from the Replenish Devices menu.

2. You may have to select the 8 Down button to access this selection. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 422 of 535

2.4.1 Add Coins

The Add Coins operation describes how to add coins to the Coin Dispenser hoppers.

Perform the following steps to use the Add Coins operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser menu, select the Add Coins option. The following screen displays for the
number of bills configuration.

Or, the following screen displays for the cash amount configuration.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 423 of 535

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

2. Type the corresponding number for the hopper you want to add coins to. The following screen displays:

Or the following screen displays for the cash amount.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 424 of 535

Please note that the decimal places must also be supplied. For example, using the dollar currency, if you
want to add $10.00 then you should enter the value [000001000] because the two last zeros represent the
cents.

A hopper with a denomination set to $0.50 and the trial to add an amount of $0.25, generates the following
error message.

3. Type 10 to enter the number of coins to be added. When finished, either type 11 (11 Ok) to confirm the
addition, or 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the entry. Both display the hopper selection screen, with an updated
value at the supply field.

4. If the entered value was updated, the Add coins Remaining/Added screen displays, showing the number of
coins you entered, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 425 of 535

Or, the following displays for cash amount.

5. Select DOWN to navigate. The Add Coins Menu displays:

Select from one of the following options:

Type 10 to select DONE to finish the operation, changing the internal counters.
Type 11 to select CANCEL to cancel the hoppers exchanging operation and return to the Coin

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 426 of 535

Dispenser Replenish Menu.


Type 12 to select REFRESH to clear all hoppers entered number of bills or cash amount and update
their current state.
Type 13 to select HELP to see the Help instruction(s) topics.
6. At the Add Coins menu, select 10 (10 Done) to update the hoppers. The following confirmation screen
displays.

7. Type 10 (10 Ok) to inform that resupply procedure has been done. After the coin counts have been
updated, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the hoppers' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.4.2 Exchange Hoppers

The Exchange Hoppers operation describes how to exchange hoppers in the Coin Dispenser.

Perform the following steps to use the Exchange Hoppers operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser Menu, select the Exchange Hoppers option. The following screen displays for
number of bills configuration.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 427 of 535

Or, the following screen displays for the cash amount configuration.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will
display logical units to be replenished and not physical ones as usual. In this case, the hoppers'
positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the
denomination Id is shown.

2. Type the number corresponding to the hopper exchanged. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 428 of 535

Or, the following screen displays for the cash amount.

Please note that the decimal places must also be supplied. For example, using the dollar currency, if you
want to add $10.00 then you should enter the value [000001000] because the two last zeros represent the
cents.

A hopper with a denomination set to $0.50 and the tentative to add an amount of $0.25, generates an error
message, as shown below.

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 429 of 535

If the replenishment was configured to cash amount and the inserted cash wasn't a multiple of the
hopper's denomination, an error message will appear and the input screen will refresh.

3. Type 10 to enter the number of coins for the exchanged hopper. When finished, either type 11 (11 Ok) to
confirm the exchange, or 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the entry. The hopper selection screen displays an
updated value in the supply field.

4. If the entered value was updated, an Exchange Hoppers Remaining/New Value screen displays, displaying
the number of coins you entered, as shown below.

Or, the following screen displays for the cash amount.

5. Select DOWN to navigate. The Exchange Hoppers Menu displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 430 of 535

Select from one of the following options:

Type 10 to select DONE to finish the operation, changing the internal counters.
Type 11 to select CANCEL to cancel the hoppers exchanging operation and return to the Coin
Dispenser Replenish Menu.
Type 12 to select REFRESH to clear all hoppers entered number of bills or cash amount and update
their current state.
Type 13 to select HELP to see the Help instruction(s) topics.
6. At the Exchange Hoppers menu, type 10 (10 Done) to update the hoppers and a confirmation screen
displays, as shown below:

7. Type 10 (10 Ok) to inform that resupply procedure has been done. After the coin counts have been
updated, they are automatically printed to the Journal printer.

NOTE

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance will print the
counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In this case, the hoppers' positions are not
printed, because this information is not related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2.4.3 Dump Coins

The Dump Coins operation describes how to dump coins into the Coin Dispenser.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 431 of 535

Perform the following steps to use the Dump Coins operation.

1. From the Coin Dispenser Menu, select the Dump Coins option. The following screen displays:

NOTE

Differently from the other replenish operations for the coin dispenser, the Dump Coins always
displays and prints information related to the physical hoppers, even if the device is configured for
storing the counters at the logical units' layer.

2. Use the 8 Down option to see the Help option, as shown in the screen below:

Navigation options:

Type 7 (7 Up) to return to the Dump Coins screen shown in Type 12 (12 Dump Coins) and the
following screen displays.
Type 11 (11 Cancel) to return to Coin Dispenser Menu.
Type 12 (12 Help) to see the Help instruction(s) topics.
3. In the Hoppers selection screen, select the hopper(s) that need to be emptied. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 432 of 535

4. Type 10 (10 Ok) to confirm the operation or 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Coin
Dispenser Menu.

5. After typing the 10 (10 Ok) option, the following screen displays acknowledging the Dump Coins
operation.

6. After dumping the coins, the following screen displays saying that the data is being printed to the Journal
Printer.

7. When printing has finished, you are returned to the Coin Dispenser Menu.

2.5 Check Reader

The Check Reader operation allows you to service the Dispenser by one of the following options:

Section 2.5.1, Remove Checks

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 433 of 535

Section 2.5.2, Replace Ink

NOTE

If your Check Reader device does not allow the Replenish Cartridge operation, the Replace Ink option will
be unavailable.

Perform the following steps to access the Check Reader operations.

1. Type the numbered selection for Replenish Devices option on the Maintenance Menu.

2. Type the corresponding number for the Check Reader device (you may have to select the Page Down
button to access this selection). The following screen displays.

2.5.1 Remove Checks

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Checks operation.

1. Select the Remove Checks option. The following screen displays.

Navigation options:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 434 of 535

Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to previous Menu.
Typing 10 (10 Next) on the screen in Type 10 (10 Remove Checks). The following screen displays
Navigation options: Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to previous Menu.
Typing 10 (10 Remove Checks) on the screen clears the check reader counters, prints them to the
Journal printer and momentarily displays the following screen. Clears the check reader counters,
prints them to the Journal printer and momentarily displays the following screen.

2. After the Check Reader counters have cleared, the following screen displays to show that they are being
printed to the Journal printer.

3. Type 12 (12 Help) on the Remove Checks screen to display the Help topics to resupply the Check Reader
device.

2.5.2 Replace Ink

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ink operation.

1. Select the Replace Ink operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 435 of 535

Navigation options:

Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to previous menu.
Type 10 (10 Next) on the screen in Type 10 (10 Replace Ink) to access the Replace Ink operation.
The following screen displays. Navigation options: Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation and
return to previous menu. Type 10 (10 Next) on the screen in to clear the current ink cartridge
settings. The following screen displays the reset in progress. The following screen displays a
successful reset of the ink cartridges, to clear the current ink cartridge settings. The following screen
displays the reset in progress.

The following screen displays a successful reset of the ink cartridges.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 436 of 535

2. Type 10 (10 Ok) on the screen above to finish the Replace Ink operation.

3. Type 12 (12 Help) on the Replace Ink screen to display the Help topics to resupply the Check Reader.

2.6 Electronic Journal

The Electronic Journal operation allows you to archive the current Electronic Journal data file and copy archived
files to a removable disk. The operation archives the current file copies to the hard drive and prepares a new file
to accept data.

NOTE

Your terminal may not be readily accessible because of security features, if you are saving files
externally. Therefore, be prepared to have a secured USB storage drive device that is password-
accessible to store your archived files.

The Electronic Journal operation only appears if the Electronic Journal device is enabled (i.e. configured).

Perform the following steps to use the Electronic Journal operation.

1. Type the numbered selection for Replenish Devices menu on the Maintenance Menu.

2. From the Replenish Devices menu, type the numbered selection for the Electronic Journal device (if it
appears, you may have to type 8 - 8 Down - to access this selection). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 437 of 535

The following options are described in this section:

Section 2.6.1, Replenish Supply


Section 2.6.2, Manage Archives

2.6.1 Replenish Supply

The Replenish Supply operation allows you to archive the current Electronic Journal file and prepare a new file
to accept data.

NOTE

Your terminal may not be readily accessible because of security features, if you are saving/loading files
externally. Therefore, be prepared to have a secured USB storage drive device that is password-
accessible to save/load your archived files.

Perform the following steps to use the Replenish Supply operation.

1. Select the Replenish Supply option.

2. Type 10 (10 Next) to archive the Electronic Journal data. The following screen displays.

Type 9 (9 Next) to return to the Electronic Journal menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 438 of 535

3. If the removable disk is not present, the following error screen displays.

Type 9 (9 Next) to return to the Electronic Journal menu.

2.6.2 Manage Archives

The Manage Archives operation on the Electronic Journal menu allows you to view the most recent archives,
as shown below.

Perform the following steps to use the Manage Archives operation.

1. Type the number which corresponds to the archive you want to copy. You can type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down)
to scroll up or down the screen and see all the available archives. The following screen displays, allowing
you to select the media where you want to export the file to. You can also type 9 (9 Cancel) to return to the
Replenish Electronic Journal menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 439 of 535

2. Type the number which corresponds to the media where the archive will be copied. You can also type 9 (9
Cancel) to return to the Replenish Electronic Journal menu. Type 8 (8 Down): the following screen
displays

3. Type the numbered selection of the action you want to perform from the following options:

10 Copy - copies the selected archive to the selected media;


11 Copy then delete - copies the previously selected archive to the selected media and then
deletes the archive located on the hard disk;
9 Back - to return to the previous screen.
4. Type 10 (10 Copy) or 11 (11 Copy then delete) and the following screen displays the copying archive
status.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 440 of 535

5. Type 8 (8 Down) to return to the Electronic Journal menu.

2.7 Journal Printer

The Journal Printer operation on the Replenish Devices menu displays instructions for replenishing the printer
paper and ribbon supplies.

Perform the following steps to use the Journal Printer operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices menu, type the numbered selection for Journal Printer and the following
screen displays.

2. Type 10 (10 Done) after replenishing the supplies. Then, the terminal returns to the previous menu. If the
device is in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will
be displayed.

3. Alternatively, type 11 (11 Cancel) to abort this operation and return to the previous menu.

4. Type 12 (12 Help) if you need instructions on how to replenish the Journal Printer.

2.8 Depositor

A Depositor is a device that allows the Consumer to place checks, cash, or other documents into an envelope to
deposit through a slot, counted as a transaction, via the ATM terminal.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 441 of 535

The Depositor operation allows you to service the Depositor by one of the following options:

Section 2.8.1, Add Envelopes


Section 2.8.2, Remove Deposits

Perform the following steps to access the Depositor operations.

1. Type the numbered selection for Replenish Devices option on the Maintenance Menu.

2. Type the corresponding number for the Depositor device (you may have to select the Page Down button
to access this selection). The following screen displays.

2.8.1 Add Envelopes

Perform the following steps to use the Add Envelopes operation.

1. From the Depositor menu screen, select (Add Envelopes) option and the following screen displays.

2. Type 10 (10 Done) after servicing the envelopes. Then, the terminal returns to the Depositor menu. If the
device is in an error state or at least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will
be displayed.

3. Alternatively, type 11 (11 Cancel) to abort this operation and return to the Depositor menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 442 of 535

4. If you need instructions on how to add envelopes, type 12 (12 Help).

2.8.2 Remove Deposits

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Deposits operation.

1. From the Depositor menu screen, select Remove Deposits option. The following screen displays.

2. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to abort this operation and return to the Depositor menu.

3. If you need instructions on how to remove deposits, type 12 (12 Help).

4. Type 10 (10 Next) after servicing the depositor and the following screens display.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 443 of 535

5. When printing has finished, you are returned to the Depositor menu. If the device is in an error state or at
least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed.

2.8.3 Replace Ink

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ink operation.

1. From the Depositor menu, type 12 (12 Replace Ink). The following screen displays:

2. Type 11 (11 Cancel) to abort this operation and return to the Depositor menu.

3. If you need instructions on how to remove deposits, type 12 (12 Help)

4. Type 10 (10 Next) to reset the ink cartridge settings and the following screen displays:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 444 of 535

5. If the ink cartridge settings have been successfully reset, the following screen displays:

6. When printing has finished, you are returned to the Depositor menu. If the device is in an error state or at
least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed.

2.9 Currency Acceptor

The Currency Acceptor option at the Replenish Devices menu displays instructions for servicing the Currency
Acceptor.

Perform the following steps to use the Currency Acceptor operation.

1. Type the numbered selection for Replenish Devices option on the Maintenance Menu.

2. Type the number that matches the Currency Acceptor selection.

If there are no cassettes that can be selected to be unloaded, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 445 of 535

3. Type 10 (10 Ok) to display the main menu.

If the Currency Acceptor belongs to a recycler compound, which is configured as acceptor and dispenser,
the following attention screen displays. Otherwise, the cassettes selection screen displays.

4. Type 9 (9 Next) to display the following cassettes selection screen.

NOTE

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 446 of 535

If the Currency Acceptor belongs to a recycler compound, which is configured as acceptor and
dispenser, only the accept-only cassettes will be available to be unloaded. So, only these cassettes
will be displayed at the cassettes selection screen.

5. Type the number displayed at the beginning of the line to select the cassettes that you want to empty.

6. Type 9 (9 Cancel) to cancel the operation and return to the Replenish Menu.

7. Type 8 (8 Down) to display the following screen.

8. Type 11 (11 Help) to see the Help instruction(s) topics.

9. Type 10 (10 Next). If at least one cassette has been selected, the following screen displays; otherwise, the
main menu displays.

10. Type 10 (10 OK) to finish the procedure. The following screen displays, automatically clearing any counts.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 447 of 535

As the counts are printing to the Journal printer, the following screen displays.

11. When the operation has completed, you are returned to the Replenish Devices main menu.

2.10 Statement Printer

The Statement Printer operation on the Replenish Devices menu displays instructions for servicing the
Statement Printer. When the instructions appear, you can service the device, as required.

Perform the following steps to use the Statement Printer operation, if it is installed and pre-configured for your
terminal.

From the Replenish Devices menu, type the numbered selection for the Statement Printer operation. The
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 448 of 535

Navigation options:

Type 10 (10 Next) when you are finished servicing the device. The application will return to the
Maintenance Menu.
Type 11 (11 Cancel) if you are not going to service that device. The application will return to the
Maintenance Menu.
Type 12 (12 Help) if you want to see the Help topics.

2.11 Passbook Printer

The Passbook Printer operation allows you to service the Passbook Printer by one of the following options:

Section 2.11.1, Remove Passbook


Section 2.11.2, Replace Ribbon

Perform the following steps to use the Passbook Printer operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, type the numbered selection for the Replenish Devices option.

2. From the Replenish Devices menu, type the numbered selection for the Passbook Printer operation. The
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 449 of 535

2.11.1 Remove Passbook

Perform the following steps to use the Remove Passbook operation.

1. From the Passbook Printer menu, select the Remove Passbook option and the following screen
displays.

Navigation options:

Type 10 (10 Next) to continue.


Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the operation.
Type 12 (12 Help) to see Help Instruction(s) topics.
2. To continue, type (10 Next). The following screen displays.

3. Select the printer that you want to use to print the operation result. If you type 10 (10 Journal) for example,
the result of the operation is going to be printed in the Journal Printer. After printing, the screen will return
to the Maintenance Menu.

2.11.2 Replace Ribbon

Perform the following steps to use the Replace Ribbon operation.

1. From the Passbook Printer screen, select the Replace Ribbon operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 450 of 535

2. Type 12 (12 Help) to view the Help topics for the passbook printer. Type 11 (11 Help) to return to the
previous menu.

3. Type 10 (10 Next) when you are finished servicing the device. A printing test will be performed after typing
10 (10 Next). The following screen displays:

A screen with an error message will be displayed if a time-out occurs during the insertion of the passbook
or if any other error occurs during the insertion of the passbook.

4. Depending on the printing strategy being used, a printing test string will be automatically printed on the
next available line on the passbook or the following screen will be displayed to enter a line on the passbook
to be printed:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 451 of 535

5. The following screen displays while printing on the passbook:

6. Once the printing has been performed on the passbook, a screen will be displayed by mentioning to take
the passbook, as follows:

If any error occurs during the printing job, a screen with an error message will be displayed.

2.12 After Hour Depository

An After Hour Depository is a device that allows the Consumer to place checks, cash, or other documents into an

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 452 of 535

envelope or bag to deposit through a shutter, counted as a transaction, via the ATM terminal.

The After Hour Depository operation displays instructions for servicing the After Hour Depository.

Perform the following steps to use the After Hour Depository operation.

1. From the Replenish Devices Menu, select the After Hour Depository menu option. When the instructions
appear, you can service the device, as shown below.

2. Type Ok (10 Ok) button when you have finished servicing the device. If the device is in an error state or at
least one of its supplies was not properly replenished, an error message will be displayed. Otherwise, the
waiting and printing screens will be displayed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 453 of 535

3. Select the Cancel (11 Cancel) button if you are not going to service that device or if you want to exit the
operation. The application returns you to the Maintenance Menu.

4. Select the Help (12 Help) button to view the Help topics for the After Hour Depository.

Chapter 5, Section 3
Balance ATM
Use the Balance ATM menu option to perform the following functions shown in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3 TTU Balance ATM Menu

This section describes the following operations:

Section 3.1, Request Totals


Section 3.2, Start RBM
Section 3.3, Store Card Data
Section 3.4, Delete Card Data

3.1 Request Totals

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 454 of 535

The Request Totals operation, a remote terminal balancing operation, is only available in Maintenance Mode.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following steps to use the Request Totals operation.

1. From the Balance ATM screen, type 10 (10 Request Totals) operation. A wait screen displays that it is
waiting for an answer from the host, as shown below.

The Request Totals operation waits for the host to send a pre-configured number of operations to the
terminal.

2. After the terminal processes the operations, the Request Totals message screen closes and you are
returned to the Balance ATM menu screen. If any communication error occurs, the following error screen
displays.

3. Type 10 (10 Done) when finished viewing the screen.

3.2 Start Balance Mode

The Start Balance Mode operation is a balancing feature that can be customized by using reserved screens for
operation. The operation may be completely configured by the financial institution.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 455 of 535

The Start Balance Mode operation is used with the Balancing feature, which allows financial institutions the
ability to service thru-the-wall terminals from the rear. The Start Balance Mode operation is driven by the protocol
specific Maintenance Service configuration.

The Start Balance Mode operation consists of the following requirements:

Must use the optional Agilis Advanced Maintenance software.


It is not available to those terminals using the Consumer display screens that appear after pressing the
White Rocker Switch depending on how Maintenance is configured.

3.2.1 Balance Mode in the Agilis 91x Environment

When Maintenance is used in an environment where the Agilis 91x application is being used, the operation is
defined by the 008 reserved screen and rear balancing is initiated in one of the following ways:

Insertion of the card at the rear of the motorized Card Reader.


By selecting Start Balance Mode in Maintenance mode that is provided by the Agilis Advanced
Maintenance software.

Perform the following steps to use the Start Balance Mode operation.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Balance ATM option and then type the 11 (11 Start Balance
Mode) operation. The store card operation must be done prior to starting the Balance Mode in
Maintenance.

If for some reason Maintenance cannot enter Balance Mode, for example if the current configured
Maintenance Service does not support this feature, the following screen will be displayed.

The Start Balance Mode operation can be configured to auto-start one operation, resulting on the waiting
screen, which indicates that a command was sent by the Maintenance screen and was expecting some
answer from the host, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 456 of 535

Although the balance session is initiated through the Agilis Advanced Maintenance software, balance
functions are defined and controlled by the network.

2. If there was no communication with the host, a screen displays indicating an error, as shown on the
following screen.

3. The following screen displays after successfully starting Balance Mode.

4. Type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down) to see more information on the screen, if applicable. Type 8 (8 Down) to go
the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 457 of 535

5. Type 10 (10 Next) to go to the Balance Mode function list screen. You can then print the information from
the screen to any available printer that displays after typing 11 (11 Print) on the screen above. Then, the
following screen displays.

6. Select a printer by typing 10 (10 Journal) or 11 (11 Receipt Printer).

7. Type 9 (9 Back) to return to the Start Balance Mode screen.

3.2.2 Balance Functions in the Agilis 91x Environment

This section describes the Balance functions provided by the Maintenance Service implemented by Agilis 91x:

Reserved screen 008 is used to define the menu for balance functions. The Maintenance software displays
this menu during the balance session. The Operator executes balance functions by selecting the desired
function from this menu.
Reserved screen 009 is used to define the message data sent to the network for balance functions. For
each balance function, this definition data specifies required Operator input (if any), what data is to be sent
to the network in the Consumer Request message, and how to handle a function failure.

NOTE

Because reserved screens 008 and 009 are used to download function data for a balance session, these
screens are not visual screens. The network should not attempt to use screen 008 or screen 009 on the
consumer display.

Because the network has control over both the function menu (screen 008) and the function definition

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 458 of 535

data (screen 009), the balance mode is completely configurable by the network.

3.2.3 Balance Functions

The following sections allow you to perform Balance functions:

Section 3.2.3.1, Display Totals


Section 3.2.3.2, Cash Added
Section 3.2.3.3, Cash Added - No Cents
Section 3.2.3.4, Change Hi to $20
Section 3.2.3.5, Update Business Date

NOTE

Balance Mode is only supported while in Maintenance Mode. It is not supported in Continuous
Availability.

3.2.3.1 Display Totals

The Display Totals function displays actual totals to the screen.

Perform the following steps to use the Display Totals function.

1. From the Start Balance Mode screen, select the Display Totals function.

2. Type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down) to see more information on the screen. Type 8 (8 Down) and the following
screen displays.

3. Type 8 (8 Down) and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 459 of 535

4. Type 10 (10 Next) to return to the Balance Mode Function List. You can then print the information from the
screen to any available printer that displays after typing 11 (11 Print), as shown below.

5. Select a printer by typing 10 (10 Journal) or 11 (11 Receipt Printer). Type 9 (9 Back) to return to the Rear
Balance Function screen.

3.2.3.2 Cash Added

Perform the following steps to use the Cash Added function.

1. From the Start Balance Mode menu screen, select the Cash Added function. The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 460 of 535

Type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel this operation.

2. Type 10 to start entering an amount. Then, type 11 (11 Next) to show the entered amount, as shown
below.

Type 7 (7 Up) and 8 (8 Down) to see more information on the screen above, if applicable.

3. Type 8 (8 Down) and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 461 of 535

4. Type 10 (10 Next) to return to the Balance Mode Function List. You can then print the information from the
screen to any available printer that displays after typing 11 (11 Print) on the screen above.

3.2.3.3 Cash Added - No Cents

Perform the following steps to use the Cash Added - No Cents function.

1. From the Start Balance Mode menu, select the Cash Added - No Cents function. The following screen
appears displaying an entered amount.

2. Type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel this operation or type 11 (11 Next) to show the formatted amount entered.

3. Type 10 to start entering an amount. After entering an amount, the following screen displays the entered
data.

4. Type 8 (8 Down) and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 462 of 535

5. Type 10 (10 Next) to return to the Balance Mode function list. You can print the information from the screen
to any available printer that displays after typing 11 (11 Print) on the screen above.

3.2.3.4 Change Hi to $20

The Change HI to $20 operation allows you to change the high denomination amount to twenty dollars. The
amount is automatically inserted for you when you select it.

Perform the following steps to use the Change Hi to $20 function.

1. From the Start Balance Mode menu, select the Change Hi to $20 function and the display validates the
change, as shown below.

2. Type 8 (8 Down) to see the screen below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 463 of 535

3. Type 10 (10 Next) to return to the Start Balance Mode function list screen.

4. Type 11 (11 Print) to print the information from the screen to any available printer that displays.

3.2.3.5 Update Business Date

The Update Business Date function allows you to input a new business date that can be inserted into a specified
printed media, such as to the Receipt printer or to the screen using the Print Totals option.

Perform the following steps to use the Update Business Date function.

1. From the Start Balance Mode menu, select the Update Business Date function. The following screen
displays.

2. Type 10 to start entering a new date.

3. Type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel this operation or type 11 (11 Next) to update the business date and return
to the Start Balance Mode function list screen.

3.2.4 Balance Mode in the Agilis NDx Environment (Settlement Mode)

When Maintenance is used in an environment where the Agilis NDx application is installed, the operation is
defined by the reserved screens of the C09 type (the ones whose names are in the C09 to C19 interval). The
Balance Mode in this condition is also known as Settlement Mode.

The Balance Mode is only started if there is an active communication channel with the host and at least one

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 464 of 535

reserved screen of the C09 type is present at the Agilis NDx reserved screen's folder.

Perform the following steps to use the Start Balance Mode operation while in Maintenance mode.

1. From the menu, select the Balance ATM option and then, select the Start Balance Mode operation.

If for some reason Maintenance cannot enter Balance Mode, for example if the current configured
Maintenance Service does not support this feature, the following screen will be displayed.

2. If, at the Agilis NDx's reserved screen's folder, there is more than one reserved screen from the C10-C19
interval, a screen like the following is displayed, allowing the operator to choose which one will be used to
define the balance operation.

The screen above is an example where the reserved screens available at the Agilis NDx's reserved
screen's folder are C10.ndc, C12.ndc and C17.ndc.

If just the C09 screen or one of the screens from C10-C19 is present at the folder, then no selection screen
is displayed and the reserved screen to define the operation is automatically set.

NOTE

The C09 reserved screen is only used to define the operation when there are no screens from the
“C10-C19" interval at the reserved screen's folder.

3. When the operator finishes selecting the reserved screen to be used, or if no selection screen was

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 465 of 535

displayed, the following screen is displayed.

Then Maintenance waits for the authorization to enter in settlement. This authorization is granted when the
application performs an attempt to go in service, like when a “go-in-service" message is sent by the host.

4. Once the authorization to enter in Settlement Mode is granted, Maintenance checks at the currently defined
reserved screen for the available transactions that can be executed, and displays a screen for selecting
which one of them should be performed. The following screen is an example where there 4 transactions
are available for selection, each one of them is represented by a number (from 0 to the amount of
transactions available minus 1).

If the authorization is not granted in a specific amount of time defined in the Agilis NDx's enhanced
configuration parameters, a timeout occurs and then Maintenance displays the Balance ATM menu.

5. After the transaction selection is completed, Maintenance checks for the selected transaction's information
in the reserved screen and determines if there is any data that should be entered by the operator.

The possible kind of information that may by requested for the operator to enter is the cash amount, the
buffer B or buffer C values that should be used when Maintenance sends a transaction request to the host.
If more than one piece of information should be entered, they are always required in the following order:
cash amount, then buffer B and finally buffer C.

The following screens are used by the operator to enter the required data:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 466 of 535

6. Once all the required data is provided by the operator, Maintenance builds a transaction request message
and sends it to host. Then it displays the following screen and waits for a transaction reply:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 467 of 535

7. If a timeout or any other error occurs while receiving the transaction reply, Maintenance displays the
following screen:

On the other hand, if the transaction reply is successfully received, Maintenance checks if there is any
information that should be printed to the Receipt and Journal printer. If there is data to be printed to both
printers, Maintenance will always send the information to the Receipt Printer first and then print the data to
Journal printer. The following screens are displayed while the printing procedure is executed:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 468 of 535

8. After finishing the printing procedure, Maintenance checks at the received transaction reply what is the kind
of function that is currently being executed.

If this information indicates that Maintenance is executing a function known as “print immediate", then it will
just display a waiting screen and wait for another transaction reply. Otherwise it will check at the
transaction reply's next state information which would be the next action to take. The next action can be
one of the following options:

a. getting back to the transaction selection step,

b. displaying an error screen an then getting back to the transaction selection step,

c. exiting Settlement Mode and displaying the Balance Menu,

d. displaying an error screen, exiting Settlement Mode and then displaying the Balance Menu.

NOTE

The “print immediate" function is ignored if there is a field present in the transaction reply
indicating the transaction's next state. This field is the one that defines which is the next
action Maintenance should take.
Some messages may be sent to the host while entering and exiting Settlement Mode
indicating that the Maintenance is exiting or entering supervisor mode. These messages are
sent just to insure that Maintenance behaves exactly as if it was logged out and the
application could go in service.

3.3 Store Card Data

The Store Card Data operation is available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Use the Store Card Data operation to store card data from the card in the terminal's static RAM. After storing the
information, the operators can then perform the Terminal Initiated Audit (TIA) and Balance Mode functions
without using the card.

Perform the following steps to use the Store Card Data operation.

1. From the Balance ATM menu, type the number for the Store Card Data operation. The following screen
displays on TTU:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 469 of 535

Go to the front monitor and perform the Store Card Data operation in GUI mode. The following screen
displays on the front monitor:

2. Use the Cancel button to cancel the switching monitor operation. When you select Cancel, the screen
forwards to the Maintenance Menu and the Maintenance screen is sent to the rear monitor.

3. If you entered a wrong password, the following error screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 470 of 535

4. Select the Next button and try entering your password again. After you enter the correct password, the
Store Card Data screen displays, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 471 of 535

Navigation options:

Use the Up and Down buttons to select the group for which the card data will be stored and press
Next to continue.
NOTE
Each group's card data status will also display. For each possible card track (Track 1, 2 or 3),
the word “False" displays, if this information is not currently stored. Otherwise, the word
“True" displays.
Press the Done button to finish the procedure and return to the Balance ATM menu. If you are
using a rear-load terminal, the menu will be displayed at the rear monitor.
5. Assume you want to store data for all groups. Go to the bottom of the list and select the option All Groups
and press the Next button, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 472 of 535

6. The following screen displays, asking you to insert the card to be stored.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 473 of 535

Press the Cancel button if you want to stop the procedure and return to the Store Card Data screen.

7. After the card has been inserted and the data is stored, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 474 of 535

8. Remove the card and the Store Card Data main screen displays.

3.4 Delete Card Data

The Delete Card Data operation is available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

The Delete Card Data operation allows you to delete any stored card data.

Perform the following steps to use the Delete Card Data operation.

1. Type 11 (11 Balance ATM), and then select Delete Card Data. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 475 of 535

2. Type the number that matches the cassette from which the card data will be deleted to be able to erase
this information. Each group's card data status will also display. For each possible card track (Track 1, 2 or
3), the “[ ]" button displays, if this information was not currently stored. Otherwise, “[X]" displays. When you
delete the card data from any group, the screen will be updated.

3. Type 9 (9 Done) to finish the procedure and return to the Balance ATM menu.

4. To delete data for all groups, type the number that matches the All Groups option.

Chapter 5, Section 4
Counters
The Counters menu operations allow you to check all counters for the terminal (Figure 5-4)

Figure 5-4 TTU Counters Menu

Use the Counters menu to perform the following operations:

Section 4.1, View All


Section 4.2, Cash Position
Section 4.3, Coin Position
Section 4.4, Approximate Cash
Section 4.5, Itemized Cheque List
Section 4.6, Print All
Section 4.7, Clear Counters

4.1 View All

The View All operation allows you to view counters for devices that have been attached and pre-configured for
your terminal. The following device counters will appear in a default Agilis EmPower Maintenance installation.

Transaction Counter
Card Reader Counters

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 476 of 535

Depository Counters
Cash and Coin Dispenser Counters
Check Reader Counters
Passbook Printer Counters

Perform the following steps to run the View All operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type 10 (10 View All). The following screen displays.

2. To view additional screens in the View All operation, type 8 (8 Down) to scroll to the next screen. The
following screen displays at the end of the View All operation.

Table 5-1 describes these counters.

Table 5-1 View All Counters


Counter Description
Transaction Shows the number of Consumer Request messages (Consumer transactions) sent by
Count the terminal.
Card Reader Shows the number of cards retained by the terminal as a result of a Retain Card
Count operation initiated by the network or the card reader.
Depositor Shows the number of deposit operations.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 477 of 535

Count
Cash and Coin Includes the cassette position and denomination ID and the amount dispensed, the
Dispenser amount remaining in the ATM or terminal, which includes the Divert cassette. (Counts
Count include total diverts and dumps counts.) For the cassettes that are missing since
Maintenance's startup, the “_" symbol is displayed instead of the denomination ID. If the
cassette was not missing at the startup, but is missing at the moment, the “@" symbol is
displayed.

If the device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer, Maintenance
will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual. In
this case, the cassette's positions are not displayed, because this information is not
related to the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.
Check Reader Shows the deposited check count.
Counts
Passbook Shows the retract bins counts.
Printer Counts
Bill Counts Last time that the bill counts were cleared.
Last Cleared
Current Date System date and time.
and Time

Table 5-2 Cash Dispenser Counts Details in View All


Type of
Counter Description
Total This count contains the total number of bills for each cash unit that has been purposely sent
Diverted to the reject bin, but has not been exposed to the customer, e.g. notes moved to the reject
bin during a dispense test operation. If ExpandedCounters configuration is not enabled, this
count will also include the Total Rejected.
Total This count will only appear if the ExpandedCounters configuration is enabled. Contains the
Rejected total number of bills for each cash unit that have been rejected and not exposed to the
customer during a dispense transaction. This count also includes the notes rejected (e.g.
possible damaged notes) during a test dispense operation.
Total Contains the total number of bills for each cash unit that has been retracted after being
Retracted presented to the customer. Note that current cash dispenser hardware cannot determine the
number of bills retracted, so if any bills are retracted, it is assumed the count is that which
was originally dispensed. The Recycler device can determine the total number of bills
retracted during a dispense operation. If a Recycler is being used as dispenser only, this
count will also contain the notes retracted by Maintenance during a reset procedure in Test
Cash Dispenser and Dispense Test operation.
Counts per cassette
Dispensed This count includes all bills successfully presented to the customer.
Bills that have been presented to the customer and then were retracted are also included in
this counter.
Remaining This count includes the total notes currently present in the cash unit. This count also includes
the Diverted and Rejected counts per cassette.
Diverted This count contains the total number of bills of the cash unit that has been purposely sent to
the reject bin, but has not been exposed to the customer, e.g. notes moved to the reject bin
during a dispense test operation. If ExpandedCounters configuration is not enabled, this
count will also include the Rejected counts.
Rejected This count will only appear if the ExpandedCounters configuration is enabled. Contains the
total number of bills for the cash unit that have been rejected and not exposed to the
customer during a dispense transaction. This count also includes the notes rejected (e.g.
possible damaged notes) during a test dispense operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 478 of 535

Table 5-3 Cash In Counts Details in View All


Type of
Counter Description
Counts per cassette
Deposited per Contains the valid deposit counts during a deposit transaction.
note
Retracted per Contains the notes retracted during a deposit transaction. This count also includes the
note notes retracted during the reset procedure if the acceptor part of the Recycler is enabled.

NOTE

Counters will display for all devices that have been attached and pre-configured for your terminal.
For instance, if a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, counters related to it (described in Table 5-
1) will be displayed below the denomination Cash Dispenser (2).

You can have the counters for the following devices when they are installed and configured for your
terminal:

Card Reader
Cash and Coin Dispenser
Check Reader
Currency Acceptor
Depositor
IDM
Passbook Printer
3. Type 11 (11 Done) after reviewing the counters and you are returned to the Maintenance Menu.

4. Type 10 (10 Print) to print the counters to a selected printer, as shown below.

5. Select one of the printers listed. In this example, type 10 (10 Journal) or 11 (11 Receipt Printer) and the
counters will print to that device.

6. When finished printing, you are returned to the previous menu.

4.2 Cash Position

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 479 of 535

The Cash Position operation displays the total cash amount for each cassette, as well as for the entire terminal.
In addition, a list of the bill denominations in each cassette is included.

When a Cash In Module device is enabled at the ATM, the Cash Position operation displays the total deposited
cash value for each of its cassettes and shows the total deposited amount of money at the ATM terminal.

Perform the following steps to run the Cash Position operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the number corresponding to the Cash Position option. A table appears
displaying the total cash value and denomination for each cassette, and the total amount for the terminal,
as shown below.

NOTE

If the cash dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the cassette's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to
the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2. Type 8 (8 Down) to scroll the page downward until the last page appears, as shown below.

The following values are included for each cassette and for the total ATM:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 480 of 535

Unit Values - Denomination present in cassettes or the value of the unit


Loaded - Value of the currency that was initially loaded in each cassette.
Successfully Delivered - Value of the currency that was successfully delivered to the Consumer for
each cassette position.
Subject To Verification - Currency that was retracted; either taken by the customer or retracted.
Remaining Inside Terminal - How much is present inside the cassettes.
Deposited - How much was deposited in each cassette; amount remaining means the number of
bills that originated from a particular cassette still remaining inside the terminal, minus notes that
were Subject to Verification (Retracted notes) plus any Deposited notes.

NOTE

The information for the Cash Dispenser will not be displayed if this device is disabled. The same
occurs with the Cash In Module. Besides, if a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the
information related to it will be displayed below the Cash Dispenser (2) denomination.

3. After reviewing the Cash Position totals, type 11 (11 Done) to return to the previous menu.

4. Alternatively, type 10 (10 Print) and the following screen displays.

5. Select one of the printers listed. From the screen above, type 10 (10 Journal) or 11 (11 Receipt Printer)
and the counters will print to that device.

4.3 Coin Position

The Coin Position operations display the total cash value for each coin hopper and for the entire terminal. In
addition, a list of the coin denominations in each coin hopper is included.

Perform the following steps to run the Coin Position operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the number corresponding to the Coin Position operation. A table appears
displaying the total cash value for each coin hopper and the entire terminal, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 481 of 535

NOTE

If the coin dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the hopper's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to the
logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

2. Press 8 (8 Down) to see more information. If there is no more information, the following screen displays.

3. Type 11 (11 Done) to return to the Coin Position operation screen.

4. Type 10 (10 Print) to print the Coin Position totals. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 482 of 535

5. Select the printer you want to print to. The following screen displays while printing, if you chose the Journal
option.

6. After you print the Coin Position totals, you are returned to the Coin Position operation screen.

4.4 Approximate Cash

The Approximate Cash operation screen indicates how full the cassettes are by the number of bills it displays in
the last column (view the device cassettes for bill counts).

Perform the following steps to run the Approximate Cash operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the corresponding number for the Approximate Cash operation. The
following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 483 of 535

NOTE

If the cash dispenser device is configured for storing the counters at the logical units' layer,
Maintenance will display and print the counters by logical units, and not by physical ones, as usual.
In this case, the cassette's positions are not displayed, because this information is not related to
the logical units, but the denomination Id is shown.

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the information related to it will be displayed below the
Cash Dispenser (2) denomination.

2. Review the Approximate Cash supplies. Type 8 (8 Down) to go to the following screen.

3. Type 10 (10 Done) and the screen returns to the previous menu.

4.5 Itemized Cheque List

The Itemized Cheque List operation allows you to display all the deposited cheques within the Intelligent
Depository Module (IDM) and any of the following relevant data:

Transaction number
Amount deposited
Date and time of the deposit
Totals for each bin

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 484 of 535

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation. Running this operation will always bring an empty list.

Perform the following steps to run the Itemized Cheque List operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the corresponding number for the Itemized Cheque List operation. The
following example screen displays.

2. If necessary, these counters can be printed, by typing 10 (10 Print). The following screen displays.

After printing, the screen returns to the Counters menu.

4.6 Print All

The Print All operation allows you to print all the counters to a selected pre-configured printer.

Perform the following steps to run the Print All operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the corresponding number for the Print All operation.

2. Select the printer you want to print to. Printing will begin on the device you have selected. The screen
automatically returns to the previous menu when printing has finished.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 485 of 535

4.7 Clear Counters

The Clear Counters operation allows you to clear the device counters for a selected device.

Perform the following steps to run the Clear Counters operation.

1. From the Counters menu, type the corresponding number for the Clear Counters operation. The following
screen is just an example, since the devices that will appear depend on which devices are installed and
configured.

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the option Cash Dispenser (2) will also be available in
Clear Counters Menu. If the Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled in a Recycler (compound
device), the option Dispenser/Recycler (2) will be available in Clear Counters Menu.

2. Type the device number to select the device for which you want to clear the counters. A message screen
displays asking if you are sure you want to clear the device counters. Type 10 (10 Yes) to accept or 11 (11
No) to reject.

3. After the device counters have been cleared, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 486 of 535

4. Type the number of the printer you want to print to.

5. When printing has completed, the screen returns to the previous menu.

NOTE

If you choose to clear the counters of a Currency Acceptor device, which belongs to a recycler
compound configured for accepting and dispensing bills, the cassette zero counters will not be
cleared. In any other situation, the counters will be cleared, just as for all other cassettes that are
capable of accepting bills.

Chapter 5, Section 5
Status List and Service Logs
Use the Status List and Service Logs menu option to perform the following functions (Figure 5-5):

Section 5.1, Status List


Section 5.2, Site Visit
Section 5.3, Service Call
Section 5.4, Send Attention Message

Figure 5-5 TTU Status List and Service Logs Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 487 of 535

5.1 Status List

The Status List operations allow you to display and print a log of device activity, supply status, and fault
information.

The Status List is a chronological list of all statuses reported by the ATM and includes the following information:

The most recent fault that occurs is always at the top of the status list.
The status list can contain up to 149 status entries.
When the list is full and a new status must be added, the oldest status is automatically deleted from the list.

Perform the following steps to use the Status List operation.

1. From the Status List and Service Logs menu, type 10 (10 Status List). The following screen displays.

2. Section 5.1.1 through Section 5.1.3 describe the options available for the Status List screen.

5.1.1 View

Perform the following steps to run the View operation on the Status List menu.

1. From the Status List menu, type 10 (10 View). The following screen displays while the Status List is
building a report.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 488 of 535

2. The screen shows the date, time, and a description of the fault statuses, as shown below. Notice that if a
fault can be selected to be recovered, a number is displayed in front of it. If there is no availability in
Maintenance to recover from a fault, a dash is displayed in front of the fault.

Type 9 (9 Next) and the following screen displays.

Section 5.1.1.1 through Section 5.1.1.5 describe the options available for the View operation screen.

3. Type 9 (9 Next) and you are returned to the Status List options menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 489 of 535

5.1.1.1 Close

The Close option closes the current page and return the user to the previous menu.

5.1.1.2 Filter

The Filter option includes a selection for All Devices that allows the user to return to the original view after
implementing a specific filter.

Perform the following steps to use the Filter operation on the Status List screen.

1. Select the View Status List option, then Filter. The screen displays all devices that contains at least one
fault in Fault History file.

For example, suppose the user selected View Status List and then filtered the list to show all Card Reader
statuses. Later, the user can show again, the original full Status List by selecting the Filter button and then
All Devices.

2. Use the 7 Up or 8 Down options on the lower side of the display to select a specific device.

3. When the fault search completes, the following screen displays, showing the Status List of the selected
device only.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 490 of 535

5.1.1.3 Print

The Print option displays the selections for all available printers that are attached and pre-configured. The user
can select which printer to print the displayed list of statuses. If a device was selected and a search was
performed, the user has the option of printing the following information:

The entire Status List


A specific devices status list

Perform the following steps to use the Print operation on the Status List screen.

1. From the Status List screen, type 12 (12 Print). The following screen displays.

2. If you select (11 Receipt Printer), the following screen displays.

3. After the statuses are printed to the printer device, the screen displays the Status List again. Type 9 (9
Next) on the Status List screen to return to the Status List menu.

5.1.1.4 Clear

The Clear option, as shown below, allows you to print the entire Status List to a printer of your choice before it
clears. This feature is the same as if the user selected Clear (after printing on&mldr;) from the Status List
menu.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 491 of 535

5.1.1.5 How to Fix

This navigational option allows you to attempt to recover from a fault condition by performing a Maintenance
operation.

Perform the following steps to use the How to fix option in order to attempt to recover from a communication
failure of a receipt printer device:

1. From the View Status List screen, type the number corresponding to the communication failure on the
receipt printer.

2. Then, type 14 (14 How to fix). The following device testing screen displays briefly.

3. After the device has been tested, and if there are any problems, the following screen displays offering
information on how to fix the problem(s).

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 492 of 535

4. Type 8 (8 Down) the following screen displays:

If you type 11 (11 Retry), the device will be tested again. If you type 10 (10 Skip), you are returned to the Status
List menu.

5.1.2 Print

The Print option displays the selections for all available printers that are attached and pre-configured. The user
can select which printer to print the displayed list of statuses. If a device(s) is selected and a search is performed,
the user has the option of printing the following information:

The entire Status List


A specific devices status list

Perform the following steps to use the Print operation on the Status List screen.

1. From the Status List screen, type 12 (12 Print). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 493 of 535

2. If you select (11 Receipt Printer), the following screen displays.

3. After the statuses are printed to the printer device, the screen displays the Status List again. Type 9 (9
Next) on the Status List screen to return to the Status List menu.

5.1.3 Clear (after printing on ...)

The Status List prints before it clears. The Clear (after printing on ...) option requires that the printer prints the
entire Status List, before clearing the Status List.

Select a printer from the list of available printers, as shown below, to print the Status List. The Status List
automatically clears after printing.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 494 of 535

5.2 Site Visit

The Site Visit operation allows you to record the date of service calls generated by the financial institution in the
Status List. The institution can choose to use this field to record other information, such as an Operator number or
a code that shows the service(s) performed. The system automatically records the date and time for all status
entries.

Perform the following steps to use the Site Visit operation.

1. From the Status List and Service Log menu, select Site Visit. The following screen displays.

2. Type 10 to enter the date or desired data (six digits) in the entry field or accept the current data (default).

3. When you are satisfied with the data in the entry field, type 11 (11 Ok) or type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the
entry. You are returned to the Maintenance Menu.

Site Visit Verification


To verify your Site Visit entry, see if a entry was created in the Status List.

5.3 Service Call

The Service Call operation allows you to record the date of a service call in the Status List.

Perform the following steps to use the Service Call operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 495 of 535

1. From the Status List and Service Logs menu, type 12 (12 Service Call). The following screen displays.

2. Type 10 to enter the date or desired data (six digits) in the date field or accept the current date (default).

3. Type 11 (11 Ok) when you are satisfied with the data in the entry field or type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the
operation. The terminal returns to the previous menu.

5.4 Send Attention Message

The Send Attention Message operation allows you to send an attention message to the network. This is an
unsolicited status message used to inform the network that the terminal has been serviced.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following steps to use the Send Attention Message operation.

1. From the Status List and Service Logs menu, type 13 (13 Send Attention Message). The following
screen displays.

2. The terminal performs the Send Attention Message operation immediately after you select it. However, if
there is a transaction in progress, another screen displays, informing you that it is waiting for the customer
to finish their transaction. It will display until the transaction has completed.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 496 of 535

For more information on when to select the Send Attention Message operation, refer to your applicable terminal
operating guide(s).

Chapter 5, Section 6
Diagnostics
Use the Diagnostics menu option to perform terminal diagnostics on devices and other applicable components
(Figure 5-6).

The following operations are described in this section:

Section 6.1, Device Diagnostics (VDM)


Section 6.2, ATM Self Test
Section 6.3, Dispense Test
Section 6.4, Clear Bills From Escrow

Figure 5-6 TTU Diagnostics Menu

NOTE

If a Secondary Cash Dispenser is enabled, the options Dispense Test (2) and Clear Bills From Escrow (2)
will also be available. The operation Dispense Test (2) is similar to operation Dispense Test (described in
Section 6.3) and operation Clear Bills From Escrow (2) is similar to operation Clear Bills From Escrow
(described in Section 6.4).

6.1 Device Diagnostics (VDM)

The Vendor Dependent Mode (VDM) interface, a diagnostic management information database, which is available
as a Software License Subscription only tool, displays Customer Diagnostic tools for such options as device
diagnostics, configuration, clearing faults (ix) and traces.

Perform the following steps to use the Device Diagnostics (VDM) menu option.

1. From the Diagnostics menu, type 10 (10 Device Diagnostic (VDM)). A waiting screen displays, as shown
below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 497 of 535

NOTE

The VDM option is a mode of operation on an SP-based ATM that is specific to the vendor and is
usually for Diagnostics or other proprietary use. So, if you have an internal/external diagnostics or
other tool, pre-configure it for this menu.

2. When the Operator has finished with the Diagnostics or Maintenance application, they can log off VDM,
which signals that the terminal is back under the control of the Maintenance Mode platform.

NOTE

If any test were performed while in Vendor Dependent Mode where notes were deposited into a currency
acceptor, it is necessary to perform a replenish operation in this device via Maintenance. Otherwise, the
logical counters displayed in Maintenance's operations will not match the number of notes that are inside
the currency acceptor.

6.2 ATM Self Test

With the ATM Self Test operation, the ATM performs a diagnostic routine on any of the selected devices. The
self-test determines if the device is connected and configured properly. If a self-test fails, a beeper sounds and
the system displays a message.

Perform the following steps to use the ATM Self Test operation.

1. From the Diagnostics menu, type 11 (11 ATM Self Test). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 498 of 535

2. Enter the number of the device you want to self-test. The following screen displays.

Type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the test and return to the Diagnostics menu.

3. Type 10 (10 Run) to execute the test of the device. The following screen displays.

If an error occurs during the test, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 499 of 535

4. Type 8 (8 Down) to see the options, as shown below.

5. Type 11 (11 Retry) after correcting the fault to run the self-test again, or type 10 (10 Skip) to cancel the
self-test of the device.

Device Self-Tests
The device self-tests are the same tests that the terminal runs when it exits the Maintenance Mode. This
capability allows you to place the self-test in a sequence. The self-test can be included after servicing a device.
This test allows the user to take corrective action while they are still at the terminal. In addition, at the end of the
operation, all devices reset back to their default states.

6.3 Dispense Test

The Dispense Test operation allows you to perform the following functions:

Read the denominations of any new cassettes.


Tests the Dispenser by dispensing one bill from each dispense cassette into the divert cassette.
Ensures that the cassettes dock properly and are in good working order.

Perform this test whenever you replace dispenser cassettes in Maintenance Mode or change a cassette from its
original position i.e., (cassette shuffle). The terminal will dispense bills from cassettes with the status of Ok or low
on bills.

Perform the following steps to use the Dispense Test operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 500 of 535

1. From the Diagnostics menu, type 12 (12 Dispense Test). The following message screen displays
indicating that the Dispense Test is running.

NOTE

The cassettes that are in the empty or low states will have their denomination ID displayed in lower
case letters, in the other cases upper case letters will be displayed. For the cassettes that are
missing since Maintenance startup, the “_" symbol is displayed instead of the denomination ID. If
the cassette was not missing at the startup, but is missing at the moment, the “@" symbol is
displayed.

2. The following screen shows the results of the Dispense Test. The status of all cassettes including the divert
cassette displays.

3. Type 10 (10 Ok). A screen displays describing the fault, when one is available.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 501 of 535

4. Type 7 (7 Up) or 8 (8 Down) to see more options.

5. Type 10 (10 Skip) to skip the test or 11 (11 Retry) to test again, if the fault was corrected.

6. Table 5-4 describes the possibilities of cassette statuses.

Table 5-4 Test Result Definitions


Test Result Description
Pass Cassette present and working
Fail Cassette present and not working
Low Cassette present but low on currency
Not Present Cassette not present
Not Available Cassette position not available
Not Tested Cassette not tested
7. If all tests display Pass, you are returned to the previous menu.

6.4 Clear Bills From Escrow (presenter only feature)

The operation forces the presenter to place the cash into the divert cassette that has been retracted by the
presenter and has not been diverted.

The Clear Bills From Escrow operation appears if your ATM includes a presenter. An Open Delivery Door
operation appears if your ATM does not include a presenter.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 502 of 535

You can only select this menu item in Maintenance Mode.

Perform the following steps to use the Clear Bills From Escrow operation.

1. From the Diagnostics menu, type 13 (13 Clear bills from escrow). A Please Wait screen displays, as
follows.

2. At completion, you are returned to the previous menu.

NOTE

The Clear Bills From Escrow option will only be displayed for cash dispensers that have an
intermediate escrow. If the cash dispenser is offline or powered off since the application's startup,
this option will not be available either. In this situation, you must connect the communication cable
and power the device on before navigating to the Diagnostics menu, in order to enable the Clear
Bills From Escrow option.

Chapter 5, Section 7
Sequences
The sequence menu is only available on Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

A sequence is a series of menu items and messages that lead a terminal operator through a series of functions
automatically. The sequences are assigned to specific operator groups. When an operator logs on to
Maintenance mode, a sequence can begin automatically or a list of sequences can appear that allow the operator
to select which sequence to perform.

Perform the following steps to use the Sequences operations.

1. From the Maintenance Menu, select the Sequences option and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 503 of 535

2. The following operation is described in this section: Run a Sequence

Run a Sequence
The Run a Sequence operation runs a saved sequence of recorded functions or operations. After selecting the
operation, the system displays the Sequence List for the current Operator Group.

Perform the following steps to run the Run a Sequence operation.

1. Select Run a Sequence. The following screen displays a list of the available sequences.

2. Select the sequence you want to run and press Select. The sequence begins to run.

3. If a step to be run is a sequence message, the following screen displays the sequence message:

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 504 of 535

NOTE

If the current logged user has recorded sequence, after logging into Maintenance, the first screen to be
displayed is the screen displaying the list of available sequence in order to an operator select a desired
sequence to be run.

Chapter 5, Section 8
Settings
Use the following Settings menu operations to modify Operator passwords/permissions, enter a transaction
count, or to perform device adjustments (Figure 5-7):

Section 8.1, Operator Passwords


Section 8.2, Operator Permissions
Section 8.3, Transaction Counter
Section 8.4, Device Adjustments

Figure 5-7 TTU Settings Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 505 of 535

8.1 Operator Passwords

The Operator Passwords operation allows you to review and modify Operator password assignments by
performing the following tasks:

You can assign each Operator group up to eight unique six-digit passwords.
You may have up to eight Operator groups with a maximum of eight Operators for each Operator group.

CAUTION

Failing to change the initial terminal password when setting up passwords for the first time, will present
significant security risks for which Diebold is not responsible.

The number of Operators for Continuous Availability is not limited. Continuous Availability Operators do not
require a password to execute menu items on the Continuous Availability page.

The terminal manager can use the Sequence Editor to configure the Agilis software so that a password is
necessary. Continuous Availability and Sequence Editor are available only in Agilis Advanced Maintenance.

Perform the following steps to use the Operator Passwords operation.

1. From the Settings menu, type 10 (10 Operator Passwords). The following screen displays.

2. Select an Operator Group by typing the corresponding number for that group. The following screen, for
example, displays if you selected Group 2 by typing 12.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 506 of 535

3. Select one of the passwords (10 Password 0, in this example) by typing its corresponding number. The
following screen displays.

To cancel the operation, type 12 (12 Cancel).

4. Use the Backspace button to delete each key entry so you can re-enter data or delete the shown
password.

5. Enter a six-digit password. Select 11 OK to save the password or 12 Cancel to cancel the new password.
The screen displays with the new password included.

6. Type corresponding number/button for Done to accept the information.

8.2 Operator Permissions

Use the Operator Permissions operation to modify and review the operations assigned to Operator Groups.

Perform the following steps to assign operations to Operators.

1. From the Settings menu, select 11 (11 Operator Permissions). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 507 of 535

2. Select the Group where you want to assign operations by typing its corresponding number.

EXAMPLE

If you select 12 Group 1, the following screen displays.

The list of available operations displays on two screens. Selecting the 7 Up and 8 Down options move you
back and forth between the two screens listing the operations.

A check mark indicates that the operation is selected for the Group, as shown above.

A default set of operations can be set for each Group. Select and deselect the operations by using their
numbers.

3. Type 9 (9 Next) to finish editing. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 508 of 535

4. Type 10 (10 Ok) to confirm the changes. The terminal returns to the previous menu.

8.3 Transaction Counter

The Transaction Counter operation stores the number of Consumer Request Messages or transactions sent by
the terminal.

Perform the following steps to run the Transaction Counter operation.

1. From the Settings menu, type 12 (12 Transaction Counter). The following screen displays.

2. To enter the transaction count, type 10. Type 11 (11 OK) to accept the entry. You are returned to the main
menu.

Type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the entry. You are returned to the main menu.

8.4 Device Adjustments

The Device Adjustments operations menu, shown in the following screen, allows you to make adjustments to
selected devices that have been pre-configured to run on the terminal.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 509 of 535

The following adjustments are described in this section:

Section 8.4.1, Adjust Beeper


Section 8.4.2, Adjust Media Player
Section 8.4.3, Adjust Voice Guidance

8.4.1 Adjust Beeper

Perform the following steps to use the Adjust beeper operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments menu, type 10 (10 Adjust beeper). The following screen displays.

2. Type 10 (10 Yes) if you would like to switch monitors, or type 11 (11 No) to go to the Adjust beeper screen.

3. If you typed 10 (10 Yes), go to the front monitor and follow the instructions in Section 8.4.1. From this step
on, you will be working from the GUI interface.

NOTE

After you finish the operation on the front monitor, you are returned to the TTU interface on the
Rear Monitor and the Maintenance Menu will appear.

4. If you typed 11 (11 No), the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 510 of 535

NOTE

Always type the numbered selection on the screen for the + (plus) or - (minus) volume options to
increase or decrease the volume.

5. When you finish adjusting the volume, type 14 (14 Close) to return to the Maintenance Menu.

8.4.2 Adjust Media Player

The Adjust Media Player operation allows you to increase or decrease the Media player volume from the screen.

Perform the following steps to run the Adjust Media Player operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments menu, type 11 (11 Adjust Media Player).

2. Go to the front terminal showing the GUI interface. Type in your password in the screen to switch monitors,
as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 511 of 535

3. Follow the steps described in Section 8.4.2.

NOTE

If you click Cancel on the screen, you are returned to the Device Adjustments menu at the rear-load
TTU terminal.

8.4.3 Adjust Voice Guidance

The Voice Guidance feature allows the terminal to annunciate voice messages that are coordinated with the text
messages shown on the consumer display during a transaction. This feature is intended primarily for voice
prompting and voice assist applications; for example, to aid a visually impaired consumer.

The Adjust Voice Guidance operation allows you to adjust the volume for the Voice Guidance feature. This
operation is available on the Operator and Consumer displays.

Perform the following steps to run the Adjust Voice Guidance operation.

1. From the Device Adjustments menu, type 12 (12 Adjust Voice Guidance). The following screen
displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 512 of 535

2. Type 10 (10 Yes) to go the front-load terminal. Follow the instructions in Section 8.4.3.

3. Alternatively, if you type 11 (11 No), the following screen displays.

NOTE

Always type the numbered selection on the screen for the + (plus) or - (minus) volume options to
increase or decrease the volume.

4. When you are finished adjusting the volume, type 14 (14 Close) to return to the Maintenance Menu.

Chapter 5, Section 9
Tools
Use the following Tools menu option to perform additional functions on the terminal (Figure 5-8):

Section 9.1, Back-Tracing


Section 9.2, Encryption Keys

Figure 5-8 TTU Tools Menu

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 513 of 535

9.1 Back-Tracing

The Agilis Back-tracing application, designed for the BNA but also used for other Currency Acceptor devices,
allows an Operator to trace an Euro bank note back to its transaction of origin (for example, if a bank note is
found to be counterfeit) to identify the Consumer who deposited the note.

Once the Currency Acceptor is installed and configured, the device scans every bank note signature and stores
them in a database. The Back-tracing application allows an Operator to generate a series of bank note
signatures, or fingerprints, which can be compared with prior transactions to locate a consumer's signature. An
application layer compares each signature to a database of transaction signatures. If a signature match is found,
a copy of the transaction data can then be printed (on the chosen printer).

NOTE

The Back-tracing menu option is available only when the back-tracing handling is enabled for the
Currency Acceptor device.

NOTE

The Currency Acceptor device does not support back-tracing of non-Euro notes.

NOTE

If the acceptor part of a device is in an error condition, the back-tracing operation will not work.

The following guidelines provide instruction for properly scanning a bank note with a Currency Acceptor device.

Face up (front)/down (back)


If the note is face up, the application considers it "front". If the note is face down, the application considers it
"reverse".

Upright/upside down
If the note is entered upside down, the application considers it "upright". If the note is entered upright, the
application considers it "upside down".

Perform the following steps to use the Back-tracing operation.

1. From the Tools menu, type 10 (10 Back-tracing). The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 514 of 535

2. Type 10 (10 Ok) when the note to be retraced is ready to be inserted.

3. Insert the note into the Currency Acceptor device. A screen displays the positions that the note will have to
be reinserted to.

4. Insert the note into all displayed positions. If the note inserted finds any data, a screen displays similar to
the screen below.

By pressing the navigation option 8 (8 Down), the operator will see more data; if there is no more data, the
operator will see the following screen.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 515 of 535

5. If you want to print the list of matches for the note, type 10 (10 Print) and the following screen displays.

Type 11 (11 Done) when finished. You will be returned to the menu.

NOTE

The Back-tracing menu option is available only when the back-tracing handling is enabled for the
Currency Acceptor device.

9.2 Encryption Keys

The Encryption Keys operation allows you to set key parts and includes the following operations:

Section 9.2.1, Manage Encryption Keys


Section 9.2.2, Request Network Certificate
Section 9.2.3, Key Verification Numbers
Section 9.2.4, Set Machine Number

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 516 of 535

9.2.1 Manage Encryption Keys

The Manage Encryption Keys operation allows you to set key parts and includes the following two operations:

Section 9.2.1.1, Set DES Keys


Section 9.2.1.2, Start Remote Key Transport

9.2.1.1 Set DES Keys

This section describes configuring the DES Keys for single or double-length keys, or restricting DES Key entry to
the front only, on an Encrypted PIN Pad (EPP). By default, the terminal attached EPP (Encrypted Pin Pad) device
is set to double-length keys. In addition, if you have an EPP device, it can be configured for single-length keys or,
for additional security, to restrict DES key entry to the front only.

To change the configuration to single-length keys, you must be logged on with Administrative rights. To configure
the EPP device to accept single-length keys, or if you want to restrict the EPP to load DES Keys from the Front
only, you will have to access the ACU (Agilis Configuration Utility). The ACU is a centralized configuration utility
for setting and changing the parameters that control the operation of the software. Contact your local Diebold
Service Representative for information on the ACU and how to configure the DES keys and the EPP device for
encryption settings. For more information on how to use the ACU for Diebold terminals, refer to the Agilis
EmPower Maintenance Installation Guide (TP-821400-001C or later). For all other terminals, refer to your
applicable terminal operating guide(s).

Perform the following steps to run the Set DES Keys operation.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 517 of 535

1. From the Manage Encryption Keys menu, type 10 (10 Set DES Keys). If the safe door is closed, you
must open it or the following screen displays.

If there is an error with the EPP device, the following screen displays.

2. Open the safe door and then type 10 (10 Next) to set the DES keys again. Typing the 11 (11 Next) option
returns you to the previous menu.

3. After selecting the Set A Key option, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 518 of 535

Table 5-5 describes the fields from this screen.

Table 5-5 TTU Set A Key Screen Field Descriptions


Screen Information Meaning
DES key entry field Allows you to enter the keys. You can use the Backspace button for corrections.
Enter the DES keys from the numeric keys on the keypad by following your
institution's procedures. You can have more than one operator to enter the DES
keys.
Current 'A' Key The verification number of the key currently stored in the system memory. If no key
Verification Number exists, four dashes appear.
Entered 'A' Key The verification number of the key that you just entered in the DES key entry field.
Verification Number
Cumulative 'A' Key The verification number of the XOR of the parts that you have entered so far.
Verification Number
You have entered X X is the part you are entering and Y is the number of parts that you have loaded on
of Y key parts the EPP.

Because the actual key values are secret, they are never displayed. However, the verification numbers are
uniquely derived from key values. You use these values to ensure that the key value was properly entered.

4. Type 10 (10 Next) to set the key part that you have entered. This option will be available when you have
entered all the key digits.

5. If you decide to cancel the operation, type 12 (12 Cancel). The following screen displays the cancelled
operation.

NOTE

If you cancel the operation, the DES Key will be invalid.

6. Type 10 (10 Done) to exit without sending the information.

7. Type 11 (11 Back) to return to the Set DES Keys screen.

8. After entering all the key digits of the first key part, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 519 of 535

NOTE

The (11 Next) option will be enabled after entering all the key digits. This option will also be used to
store the first key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number will also be updated, as
shown in this screen.

9. Type 12 (12 Cancel) to cancel the loading key operation.

10. Confirm the entered A key verification number and type 11 (11 Next). The following screen displays.

NOTE

There is no Next option enabled on this screen. It will be disabled as the number of entered key
parts is updated on the screen.

11. After entering all the key digits of the second key part, the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 520 of 535

NOTE

The Next option is now enabled after entering all the key digits. This option will be used to store the
second key part in the EPP. The entered A key verification number has been updated on the screen.

12. If you want to cancel the loading key operation, type 12 (12 Cancel).

13. Otherwise, confirm the entered A key verification number and type 11 (11 Next). The following screen
displays.

NOTE

The menu option to enable the key entry field will be disabled. Only the 11 Next option will be
enabled on the screen above, to finish the loading key operation. The number of entered key parts
will be updated on the screen.

14. Type 11 (11 Next) to finish the load key operation. The following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 521 of 535

NOTE

The Back option will be disabled. Only the 10 Done option will be enabled on the screen to finish
the loading key operation.

If any errors have been occurred while setting a key part, an error screen will be displayed as below:

Double DES Keys / Load DES keys in Secure Mode


This section describes how to Load the DES keys with the Double DES keys and load DES key in Secure Mode
option, if an EPP is installed and configured.

From the Manage Encryption Keys menu, type 10 (10 Set DES keys).
Type 10 (10 Set A Key), the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 522 of 535

Go to the front monitor and perform the Set A Key operation in GUI mode. Refer to the GUI Maintenance
Operations section in this manual for further details regarding this operation in GUI mode. After finishing the
operation in GUI mode, you will return to the Maintenance menu on TTU.

9.2.1.2 Start Remote Key Transport

The Start Remote Key Transport operation allows the Terminal to send an Unsolicited Status message to the
Network with a status indicating Start Remote Key Transport and a buffer containing a random number. The
Network can choose to ignore the status or respond by sending a Remote Key Transport message. There is no
designated time frame for the Network's response.

The Start Remote Key Transport operation uses RSA public key cryptography to transport a DES key from the
Network to the ATM terminal.

Use the Start Remote Key Transport operation to request the network to send a Remote Key Transport
message.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following steps to use the Start Remote Key Transport operation.

1. From the Manage Encryption Keys menu, type 11 (11 Start Remote Key Transport).

2. A dialog box flashes on the screen, while the unsolicited EP01 :3F:40:1E status with a buffer containing a
random number is being sent, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 523 of 535

9.2.2 Request Network Certificate

Use the Request Network Certificate operation to request a network certificate so it can be validated and stored
in the EPP4.

NOTE

Agilis NDx does not support this operation.

Perform the following steps to use the Request Network Certificate operation.

1. From the Tools menu, type 13 (13 Request Network Certificate).

2. A dialog box immediately flashes on the screen, while the unsolicited EP01:3F:40:81 status begins
transmitting to the network. The following screen displays.

9.2.3 Key Verification Numbers

The Key Verification Numbers operation allows the terminal to display a four-digit verification number for each of
the DES keys and 6 digits of the machine number.

Perform the following steps to use the Key Verification Numbers operation.

1. From the Tools menu, type 14 (14 Key Verification Numbers). The following example screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 524 of 535

The terminal's four-digit verification number displays each of the DES keys and the six digits of the
machine number. If a key is not loaded in the EPP, the screen above displays four dashes for that key
verification number. If any errors have occurred while getting the verification number for a key that is
loaded in the EPP, the “ERROR" code is displayed for each key verification number, as below:

2. Finish reviewing the verification numbers. Type 8 (8 Down). The following screen displays.

3. Type 11 (11 Done) to return to the previous menu.

4. Type 10 (10 Print) to select the printer you want to print the Key Numbers to, as shown below.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 525 of 535

5. After printing, the screen returns to the previous menu.

9.2.4 Set Machine Number

The Machine Number is a 6-digit NUMERIC-only field.

Use the Set Machine Number operation to enter and store the terminal's machine number.

Perform the following steps to use the Set Machine Number operation.

1. From the Tools menu, type 15 (15 Set Machine Number). The following screen displays.

2. Type 12 (12 Cancel) to exit from this screen without sending the information.

3. Otherwise, type 10 to enter and set the machine number.

4. When finished entering the machine number, type 11 (11 Ok) to send the information or 12 (12 Cancel) to
cancel the operation.

Chapter 5, Section 10
Exit
The Exit operation tests each device that is attached and pre-configured to the terminal (Figure 5-9). When all

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 526 of 535

tests are finished, you are returned to the Home screen. If a test(s) fails, the failure displays in a list on the Home
screen.

NOTE

Agilis Maintenance does not support Exit via Operator Switch. The DisableSupervisorExitBySwitch
configuration must be set to true.

Perform the following steps to use the Exit operation.

1. Type the numeric equivalent for the Exit option on the Maintenance Menu. The devices (attached and pre-
configured for your terminal) will be tested, one by one. As an example, the following screen displays a
cash dispenser test.

Figure 5-9 TTU Exit

If an error occurs during the test, the following screen displays.

2. Type 8 (8 Down) and the following screen displays.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 527 of 535

3. Type 10 (10 Run) after correcting the fault or type 11 (11 Cancel) to cancel the self-test.

4. During device testing, if a device is reserved (in use) to any external application, the following screen
displays.

You can type 10 (10 Cancel) to cancel the test, or wait until the device clears for testing.

Appendix A
Supply Operations for Cash Processing (Opteva® Terminals)
Table A-1 describes the available Supply menu operations for each cash processing configuration on Diebold
Opteva ® terminals only.

Table A-1 Opteva Terminal Supply Operations for Cash Processing


Configuration Menu Selections Description
Currency Acceptor Supply > Counters > View All Currency Acceptor counts are viewable.
[1]
Supply > Counters > Clear Clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
counters > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Counters > Cash Only the Deposits counts are viewable.
position
Supply > Counters > Load Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts when
Unload supplies > Currency processing completes.
Acceptor

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 528 of 535

Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Currency Acceptor.
> Currency Acceptor
AFD only Supply > Counters > View All Dispenser counts are viewable.
Supply > Counters > Cassette cash ratios
Approximate cash
Supply > Counters > Clear Clears the Dispenser counts.
counters > Dispenser
Supply > Counters > Cash The deposits counts are NOT viewable.
position
Supply > Load Unload The cassettes loaded counts can be changed with this
supplies > Dispenser > Add selection.
bills
Supply > Load Unload Allows the exchanging of cassettes.
supplies > Dispenser >
Exchange cassettes
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's divert counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
divert cassette
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's retract counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
retract cassette
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Dispenser.
> Dispenser
Currency Acceptor Supply > Counters > View All Dispenser and Currency Acceptor counts are viewable.
[1]
and AFD Supply > Counters > Clear Clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
counters > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Counters > Clear Clears the Dispenser counts.
counters > Dispenser
Supply > Counters > Cash The following counts are viewable: Unit value, Loaded,
position Delivered, Remaining, Verification, and Deposits.
Supply > Counters > Cassette cash ratios.
Approximate cash
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
supplies > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Load Unload The cassette's loaded counts can be changed from this
supplies > Dispenser > Add selection.
bills
Supply > Load Unload
supplies > Dispenser >
Exchange cassettes
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's divert counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
divert cassette
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's retract counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
retract cassette
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Dispenser.
> Dispenser
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Currency Acceptor.
> Currency Acceptor

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 529 of 535

Recycler [2] - Supply > Counters > View All The counts are viewable.
Accept only Supply > Counters > Cash Only the Deposits counts are viewable.
position
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
counters > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the counts after processing completes.
supplies > Currency Acceptor The user should be able to select ONLY the cassettes that
are capable of accepting.
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Currency Acceptor.
> Currency Acceptor
Recycler [2] - Supply > Counters > View All The Dispenser counts are viewable.
Dispenser only Supply > Counters > Cash All counts are viewable, except the deposits.
position
Supply > Counters > Cassette cash ratios.
Approximate cash
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Dispenser counts.
counters > Dispenser
Supply > Load Unload The cassettes loaded counts can be changed from this
supplies > Dispenser > Add selection.
bills
Supply > Load Unload
supplies > Dispenser >
Exchange cassettes
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's divert and retract counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
cassette zero
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Dispenser.
> Dispenser
Recycler [2] - Supply > Counters > View All The Dispenser and Currency Acceptor counts are
Acceptor and viewable.
Dispenser Supply> Counters > Cash The following counts are viewable: Unit value, Loaded,
position delivered, verification, remaining and deposits.
Supply > Counters > Cassette cash ratios.
Approximate cash
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Dispenser and Currency Acceptor
counters > Dispenser/Recycle counts. It will only clear the counts of those cassettes
which are used by the Dispenser, such as the recycle
cassettes and cassette zero/divert cassette.
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
counters > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Load Unload The cassettes loaded counts can be changed from this
supplies > Dispenser > Add selection.
bills
Supply > Load Unload
supplies > Dispenser >
Exchange cassettes
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's divert and retract counts
supplies > Dispenser > Empty and the counts of the cassette in position zero.
cassette zero
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts after
supplies > Currency Acceptor processing completes. The user should be able to select

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 530 of 535

ONLY the cassettes that are capable of accepting. It will


prompt the user which cassettes not to tamper with.
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Dispenser.
> Dispenser
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Currency Acceptor.
> Currency Acceptor
Recycler [2] - Supply > Counters > View All The Dispenser and Currency Acceptor counts are
Accept only and viewable.
AFD Supply > Counters > Cash The following counts are viewable: Unit value, Loaded,
position delivered, verification, remaining, and deposits.
Supply > Counters > Cassette cash ratios
Approximate cash
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Dispenser counts.
counters > Dispenser
Supply > Counters > Clear Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts.
counters > Currency Acceptor
Supply > Load Unload The cassettes loaded counts can be changed from this
supplies > Dispenser > Add selection.
bills
Supply > Load Unload
supplies > Dispenser >
Exchange cassettes
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's divert counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
divert cassette
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Dispenser's retract counts.
supplies > Dispenser > Empty
retract cassette
Supply > Load Unload Prints and clears the Currency Acceptor counts after
supplies > Currency Acceptor processing completes. The user should be able to select
ONLY the cassettes that are capable of accepting.
Supply > ATM device self test Self tests the Dispenser.
> Dispenser
Supply >ATM device self test Self tests the Currency Acceptor.
>Currency Acceptor
[1] Currency acceptor device can be Bulk Note Acceptor (BNA) or Enhanced Note Acceptor (ENA).
[2] Recycler device can be Bulk Cash Recycling Module (BCRM) or Enhance Cash Recycling Module (ECRM).

GLOSSARY
91x

Emulation of a true 911 or 912 network infrastructure.

AHD

Acronym for After Hour Depositor.

Anti-Fish

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 531 of 535

An antifraud feature for specific motorized Card Readers that prevent a perpetrator from illegally fishing or
forcibly removing a card from a Card Reader through the use of a tool or procedure.

Article 6

Based on the European Union's International Law guidelines, Article 6 is a Currency Acceptor bin,
available on specific terminals that stores counterfeit bank notes or notes suspected of being counterfeits.
Agilis records this event and indicates that a counterfeit note has been accepted. At the next Operator
intervention, the forgery must be retraced (using Back-tracing) to retrieve the transaction data, including
cardholder data. This information is given to the appropriate authorities, depending on national regulations.
Euro bank notes are classified in four different categories: Category 1 through Category 4. For more
information on these Categories, contact your Diebold representative.

Currency Acceptor-enabled terminals must follow strict guidelines regarding the handling of counterfeit
bank notes or notes suspected of being counterfeits. The European Union has drafted one such guideline
that must be adhered to when notes are suspected of being counterfeits. This should be followed on any
Currency Acceptor-enabled terminal, internationally.

ATM

Acronym for Automated Teller Machine.

back-tracing

Allows an operator to trace a counterfeit bank note back to its transaction of origin to identify the consumer
who deposited the note. Refer to Article 6.

Back-tracing (Application)

A Diebold back-tracing application, available from the Agilis Maintenance component that permits an
operator to insert a note into the Currency Acceptor in all four possible orientations to generate signatures
for each orientation. The back-tracing application then compares the current signatures with the stored
signatures to find a match. If a match is found, the application prints the transaction information associated
with the matching stored signature to identify the consumer account associated with the counterfeit deposit.
Designed for the BNA device, it allows an operator to trace a counterfeit Euro bank note back to its
transaction of origin to identify the consumer who deposited the note.

BCR

Acronym for Bulk Cash Recycler; provides both cash in (accept) and cash out (dispense) functionality. This
functionality represents separate device names in Maintenance mode even though the same device
provides both functions. The dispense functionality represents the device name “Dispenser" and the cash
in functionality represents the device name “Currency Acceptor". There will be no presenter diagnostics in
a BCR-equipped terminal.

BNA (software)

Acronym for the software required to interface the Bulk Note Acceptor device with the Agilis software suite.

BNA (hardware)

Acronym for the Bulk Note Acceptor device.

CAS

See Continuous Availability.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 532 of 535

CDM

Acronym for Cash Dispensing Module.

Certificate

An electronic/digital signature used to sign messages sent either by the ATM to the Host or by the Host to
the ATM enabling authentication of the sender by the receiver in a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI).

Certificate Authority (CA)

A CA is a trusted third party provider of electronic certificates. A certificate allows an entity to provide
electronic authentication point to point.

CIM

Acronym for Cash In Module.

Consumer

Term used to identify a person(s) who uses an ATM to perform a transaction; also used to identify the
interface or monitor hardware for the ATM transaction.

Continuous Availability

CAS (Supported on Diebold ix Series and Opteva Series terminals only)Maintenance procedure services
you can perform while the terminal is In Service (GUI or using the TTU). The Consumer is not
inconvenienced by an Out of Service terminal while supplies are being replenished and counters are being
checked. You must use the Agilis Software on a rear monitor to change supplies in Continuous Availability
because the Consumer may be using the Consumer display.

DESData Encryption

Acronym for Data Encryption Standard (DES) which specifies an algorithm to be used in electronic
hardware devices for the purpose of cryptographic protection of computer data. The federal government
has established this standard to provide some consistency in data security.

ECRM

The Enhanced Cash Recycler Module (ECRM) is a compound device consisting of a Cash Dispenser
Module and a Cash In Module. The ECRM supports cash deposits, dispenses, and optional cash recycling.

EDC

Acronym for Electronic Data Capture. The Electronic Journal application.

ENA

Enhanced Note Acceptor, which replaces the BNA and functions the same as the BNA with the exception
of the enhanced ENA functionality, implicit shutter control and other areas of hardware difference that can't
be reasonably mapped to equivalent BNA behavior.

EPP

Acronym for Encrypting PIN Pad, a hardware device that replaces the keypad and enciphers the entered

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 533 of 535

PIN inside a secure module directly at the keypad. The EPP also performs the DES operations for
message authentication, local PIN verification and key transport.

EPP5

Encrypting PIN PadFifth generation.

Fraudulent Note Detection (for BNA)

If enabled for a BNA configured to accept Euro notes, the BNA generates a unique electronic signature, or
fingerprint, for each note it scans and determines to be Category 2 (counterfeit) or Category 3 (suspected
counterfeit). The BNA stores the signature in a database and associates the signature with the data for the
transaction that collected the note.

GUI

Acronym for Graphical User Interface. In this manual, GUI and Operator are interchangeable. Agilis
uses a GUI interface on its ATM terminals for displaying graphical operations and screens.

HEX or hexidecimal

Refers to the base-16 number system, which consists of 16 unique symbols: the numbers 0 to 9 and the
letters A to F. For example, the decimal number 15 is represented as F in the hexadecimal numbering
system. The hexadecimal system is useful because it can represent every byte (8 bits) as two consecutive
hexadecimal digits. It is easier for humans to read hexadecimal numbers than binary numbers. To convert
a value from hexadecimal to binary, you merely translate each hexadecimal digit into its 4-bit binary
equivalent. Hexadecimal numbers have either an 0x prefix or an h suffix. For example, HEX 0x3F7A =
0011 1111 0111 1010 in BINARY.

IDM5

An acronym used by Diebold to describe a fifth generation Intelligent Depository Module that is capable of
accepting envelope and check deposits; a singe/bulk check reader.

IDM-BD ®

Intelligent Depository Module Bulk Document; Bulk Document Intelligent Depository Module.

Integer

A number without a decimal (0, 1, 25, 173, 1032, etc.). Integer values can be less than, equal to, or greater
than zero.

LCD

Acronym for Liquid Crystal Display; usually a flat-screen monitor.

MB

Acronym for MegaByte.

Message Authentication

Message authentication provides a method of ensuring that messages sent back and forth between the
terminal and the network are authentic and have not been tampered with.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 534 of 535

MICR

Magnetic Ink Character Recognition.

multi-monitor

Referring to rear-load terminals.

NDD

Acronym for Night Drop Depositor.

Note

Refers to any type of dispensable currency.

Opteva®

The Diebold Opteva terminal is the newer family of self-service ATMs that provide a higher level of
security, convenience and reliability. The terminal is powered by Agilis, Diebold's open-standard, cross-
vendor software platform, and supported by Diebold Premier Services.

Opteva Assistant

Opteva Assistant is a Diebold product for Diebold Opteva ATMs. It contains more detailed instructions and
faults than Agilis Maintenance. Opteva Assistant only runs in Diebold Opteva ATMs.

Operator

Term used to identify the person(s) performing maintenance tasks on an ATM. This term also applies to the
Graphical User Interface or GUI on ATM terminals which display graphical operations and screens.

PIN

A Personal Identification Number is the consumer's way of verifying their identity as established by an
activator card. By entering this PIN, the consumer is identified and can access the applicable accounts.

Public key cryptography

Uses a pair of keys: a private key and a public key. The private key is kept secret while the public key is
published. RSA is a type of public key cryptography. Any person can encrypt a message using the entity
public key, but only the owner of the private key can decrypt the message. Similarly, only the owner of the
private key can create a digital signature. However, anyone with the public key can verify the digital
signature.

Public key thumbprint

A 20-byte message digest or hash of the entire certificate.

RAM

Acronym for Random Access Memory.

Rear Balance Mode (RBM)

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012
(CONFIDENTIAL - Trade Secret Material) TP-821312-001H * Agilis Basic Mainte... Page 535 of 535

Used with the rear balancing feature. The Rear Balancing feature allows financial institutions the ability to
service through-the-wall terminals from the rear. This feature is NOT supported in Continuous Availability,
but is supported while in Maintenance Mode.

Single-DES encryption

An encryption process transforming plain text into cipher text through a standard procedure (DES) of
encrypting blocks of data using a 8 byte key.

Subsystem

An application or product such as, SXA, LSC, Adobe Acrobat Reader, and others.

Triple DES or Triple-DES encryption

Specifies three rounds of encryption using different keys, which increases the key length to 112 bits for a
double-length key or 168 bits for a triple-length key. Used with a sealed keypad that has a security module,
usually an EPP, which immediately encrypts the pin. If the Triple DES is ever tampered with, the module
will destroy itself.

TTU

Text Terminal Unit; a non-graphical text based display on which maintenance operations are performed for
a self service terminal. Typically used on non-Diebold vendors, such as NCR and Wincor Nixdorf and
certain models of Diebold terminals such as the 9x Series. However, check with your Diebold Service
representative to see if your terminal qualifies.

XFS

Acronym for eXtensions for Financial Services.

http://doc2.diebold.com/FIISDEVTECPUB/techpubs/books/TP-821312-001/TP-821312-... 03/07/2012

You might also like